{"title":"New Arrivals","description":"\u003cp\u003eStay ahead with Tooltos' latest professional jewelry tools and equipment. Our New Arrivals collection features freshly launched casting supplies, hand tools, and workshop accessories — all designed for professional jewelers, casting studios, and serious hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach new product is rigorously tested to meet professional workshop standards, backed by full warranty and expert technical support from our team at sales@tooltos.com.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"ceramic-crucible-1kg-2kg-3kg","title":"Tooltos Ceramic Crucible for Metal Melting | Electric Furnace 1KG 2KG 3KG","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 15px; font-weight: 600; color: #555; margin-bottom: 0.5rem; letter-spacing: 0.03em;\"\u003eBuilt for Cleaner, More Reliable Non-Ferrous Metal Melting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eGraphite crucibles oxidize quickly and introduce carbon into your melt — affecting purity and increasing replacement costs. The Tooltos High Temperature Ceramic Crucible offers a cleaner alternative: oxidation-resistant, dense ceramic construction purpose-built for copper, aluminum, brass, and bronze melting in electric furnaces. Available in 1KG, 2KG, and 3KG capacities to match your batch size and furnace model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fff3cd; border-left: 4px solid #e6a817; padding: 12px 16px; margin: 0 0 1.5rem; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e This crucible is not suitable for melting precious metals such as gold or silver. It is designed for copper, aluminum, brass, bronze, and similar non-ferrous metals only.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000–1100°C Maximum Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e — Handles copper, aluminum, brass, and bronze melting temperatures without degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOxidation-Resistant Ceramic Body\u003c\/strong\u003e — Produces cleaner melts with no carbon transfer, ideal for non-ferrous metal work where purity matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-Ring Opening Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Provides a stable grip point for crucible tongs during pouring, improving safety and control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Density Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Consistent performance across repeated heating cycles, reducing replacement frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree Sizes Available\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1KG, 2KG, and 3KG to suit small workshops through small-scale metal processing operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurnace-Ready Replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Drop-in replacement for standard electric melting furnaces, including Tooltos models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMetal workshops melting copper, aluminum, brass, or bronze\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUsers replacing worn or damaged crucibles in electric melting furnaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCasting studios and repair shops needing reliable daily-use crucibles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUsers who want cleaner melts with less carbon contamination than graphite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall-scale non-ferrous metal processing and casting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePrecious metal melting — this crucible is not suitable for gold, silver, platinum, or other precious metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTorch or open-flame melting applications — graphite crucibles are better suited for direct flame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIron or steel melting — exceeds the recommended temperature and material range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUsers who have not confirmed furnace chamber size compatibility before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003e1KG\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003e2KG\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003e3KG\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Outer Diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e66 mm \/ 2.60 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e74 mm \/ 2.91 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e74 mm \/ 2.91 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Inner Diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e36 mm \/ 1.42 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e44 mm \/ 1.73 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e50 mm \/ 1.97 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e50 mm \/ 1.97 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e58 mm \/ 2.28 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e60 mm \/ 2.36 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e125 mm \/ 4.92 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e150 mm \/ 5.91 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e160 mm \/ 6.30 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.30 kg \/ 0.66 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.40 kg \/ 0.88 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.40 kg \/ 0.88 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\" colspan=\"3\"\u003e1000–1100°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\" colspan=\"3\"\u003eHigh-Density Ceramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrucible Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\" colspan=\"3\"\u003eDouble-Ring Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSize Selection Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eRecommended Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSmall workshop copper or brass melting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAluminum or bronze casting preparation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1KG \/ 2KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCopper alloy batch melting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e2KG \/ 3KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSmall-scale non-ferrous metal processing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e3KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFurnace crucible replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAll sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFirst Use and Operating Guidelines\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect\u003c\/strong\u003e — Check the crucible for cracks or chips before first use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDry\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ensure the crucible is completely dry before heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreheat\u003c\/strong\u003e — Gradually increase temperature to avoid thermal shock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add metal charge without exceeding rated capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelt\u003c\/strong\u003e — Operate within the 1000–1100°C range for best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allow natural cooling only. Never quench with water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePreheat slowly on first use to cure the ceramic body and extend service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse proper crucible tongs — the double-ring design provides a secure grip point for safe pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore in a dry location to prevent moisture absorption before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect after each use — hairline cracks indicate the crucible should be replaced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDedicate one crucible per metal type to avoid cross-contamination between alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this crucible for torch melting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis crucible is designed for electric melting furnaces only. For torch applications, graphite crucibles are better suited to handle direct flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat metals can I melt in this crucible?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCopper, aluminum, brass, bronze, and similar non-ferrous metals. This crucible is not suitable for precious metals such as gold or silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many uses can I expect per crucible?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith proper care — gradual heating, no thermal shock, dry storage — ceramic crucibles typically last 20–50 melting cycles depending on temperature and metal type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this compatible with Tooltos melting furnaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These crucibles are designed to fit standard Tooltos melting furnaces. Please verify the size matches your furnace chamber before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy ceramic instead of graphite?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCeramic crucibles are more oxidation-resistant and produce cleaner melts with less carbon transfer — ideal for non-ferrous metal work where purity matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose 1KG for small copper or brass melting, 2KG for aluminum casting or larger copper work, and 3KG for batch processing or small-scale non-ferrous metal operations. When in doubt, refer to your furnace chamber specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e1 × Tooltos High Temperature Ceramic Crucible (selected size)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFor electric melting furnace use only — not suitable for open flame or torch applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNot suitable for precious metals such as gold or silver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways preheat gradually before reaching full operating temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep dry before heating — moisture causes cracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNever quench with water after use — allow natural cooling only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHandle with care — ceramic is brittle and will crack from impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhy Choose Tooltos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eTooltos focuses on jewelry tools, workshop machines, and production-ready accessories designed for practical daily use. This ceramic crucible offers reliable high-temperature performance, clear size options for different furnace capacities, and a cleaner melting result compared to graphite — making it a dependable replacement solution for metal workshops, casting studios, and small-scale non-ferrous metal processing operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eNeed Help?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003eQuestions about sizing, compatibility, or your order? Contact the Tooltos support team at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. We typically respond within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"1KG","offer_id":53159462895915,"sku":"JHJGLJ049","price":39.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2KG","offer_id":53159462928683,"sku":"JHJGLJ050","price":45.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3KG","offer_id":53159462961451,"sku":"JHJGLJ051","price":59.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-tooltos-ceramic-crucible-for-gold-silver-melting-furnace-1kg-2kg-3kg-1231238739.webp?v=1775409610"},{"product_id":"pottery-carving-tool-kit-14-piece-with-case","title":"14-Piece Pottery Sculpting Tool Set | Dual-Head with Case | Tooltos","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:inherit; color:inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 Dual-Head Tools in One Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two working ends per tool; 28 functional tips covering carving, shaping, trimming, looping, scraping and detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust-Proof Stainless Steel Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sharp, durable and built for repeated use on pottery, ceramic clay, polymer clay and wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Wooden Handles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Smooth natural wood grip reduces hand fatigue during extended sculpting sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Zipper Storage Case Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Oxford cloth case with waterproof coating keeps all 14 tools organized and portable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers 6 Core Functions\u003c\/strong\u003e — Carving, shaping, trimming, looping, scraping and precision detailing in one set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for Beginners to Professionals\u003c\/strong\u003e — Complete starter set for students and hobbyists; versatile enough for studio artists and jewelry wax carvers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos 14-Piece Pottery Sculpting Tool Set gives beginners, hobbyists and professional artists a complete dual-head toolkit for pottery, ceramic clay, polymer clay, wax carving and sculpture work. Each of the 14 tools has two working ends, covering the full range of clay sculpting tasks from bulk removal to fine surface detailing. The waterproof zipper case keeps everything organized and ready for studio or classroom use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTool Functions at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eWhat It Does\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eShaping and carving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eCreate forms, edges and details with ease\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eLoop and trimming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eRemove, hollow and refine clay with control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003ePrecision detailing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eFine lines, textures and delicate surface work\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eScraping and smoothing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSmooth surfaces and clean up edges with confidence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eBest For \/ Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eNot Ideal For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.8; vertical-align:top;\"\u003ePottery and wheel-thrown clay work\u003cbr\u003eCeramic clay carving and detailing\u003cbr\u003ePolymer clay figurines and miniatures\u003cbr\u003eAir dry clay projects (no kiln needed)\u003cbr\u003eWax carving for lost-wax jewelry casting\u003cbr\u003eSoap and candle decoration\u003cbr\u003eBeginners, students, hobbyists and studio artists\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.8; vertical-align:top;\"\u003eHeavy-duty metal clay (tools optimized for soft clay and wax)\u003cbr\u003eKiln tools or firing equipment\u003cbr\u003eSingle-purpose loop tools only\u003cbr\u003eIndustrial ceramic production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e14 tools + 1 storage case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e125-156 mm (4.9-6.1 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage case dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e225 x 133 x 30 mm (8.9 x 5.2 x 1.2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e0.19 kg (0.42 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandle material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eNatural wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRust-proof stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCase material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eOxford cloth with waterproof coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHead design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eDual-head (two working ends per tool)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eDampen your clay slightly before carving for smoother cuts and less drag on the tool tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the needle end for fine line engraving and the loop end for bulk clay removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eFor wax carving, warm the tool tip slightly for cleaner cuts in harder wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eStore tools tip-up in the case slots to protect the steel edges between sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eWorks well with air dry clay — no kiln needed, ideal for beginners starting out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this kit suitable for complete beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The ergonomic handles and dual-head design make it easy to learn, while the tool variety supports more advanced techniques as skills develop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What types of clay work best with these tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Pottery clay, ceramic clay, polymer clay, air dry clay, wax and soap all work well with this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the steel tips rust-proof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The tips are made from rust-resistant stainless steel. Rinse and dry after use to maintain longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use these tools for jewelry wax carving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The fine-tipped tools are well-suited for wax carving used in lost-wax jewelry casting workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the storage case waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Oxford cloth case has a waterproof coating and secure zipper closure to protect your tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can replacement tools be purchased separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Contact us at sales@tooltos.com and we will assist with individual tool availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e14x Dual-head pottery sculpting and carving tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1x Waterproof zipper storage case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.5rem;\"\u003eQuestions about tool selection, compatible clay types or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53353450602795,"sku":"JHGG00016","price":25.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-tooltos-14-piece-pottery-sculpting-tool-set-with-storage-case-1234601355.jpg?v=1777338368"},{"product_id":"jewelry-making-repair-tool-kit-27-piece","title":"27-Piece Jewelry Making and Repair Tool Kit | Ring Mandrel, Pliers, Files | Tooltos","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 15px; font-weight: 600; color: #555; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA Complete Starter Kit for DIY Jewelry Making and Ring Repair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eStarting jewelry making or ring repair requires the right combination of tools. The Tooltos 27-Piece Jewelry Making Tools Kit brings pliers, files, a ring mandrel, and polishing tools together in one organized set, giving beginners and hobbyists everything needed to start making and repairing jewelry without sourcing tools separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-Scale Ring Mandrel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Supports US, EU, JP, and HK ring size systems for accurate ring sizing and shaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardened Steel Pliers with PVC Grip Handles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Needle nose and round nose pliers with ergonomic non-slip handles for wire bending and loop forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 Diamond Electroplated Needle Files\u003c\/strong\u003e — Multiple profile shapes for smoothing metal edges and refining settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAgate Burnisher Polishing Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e — Natural agate tip for burnishing metal surfaces to a smooth finish without abrasives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 Invisible Ring Size Adjusters\u003c\/strong\u003e — Transparent adjusters for resizing rings that are slightly too large.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber Mallet Hammer\u003c\/strong\u003e — For shaping metal on the mandrel without marring the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolishing Cloths and Sanding Sponge Blocks\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lint-free cloths and dual-grit sponges for surface preparation and final finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBeginners starting DIY jewelry making who need a complete, ready-to-use tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHobbyists doing wire wrapping, ring forming, and basic metal jewelry fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAnyone needing to resize, repair, or adjust rings at home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003eTypical Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; text-align: left;\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; text-align: left;\"\u003eTools Used\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eDIY Ring Making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRing mandrel, rubber mallet, round nose pliers, needle files\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eJewelry Repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eNeedle nose pliers, diagonal cutters, needle files, polishing cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eWire Wrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRound nose pliers, needle nose pliers, diagonal wire cutters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRing Resizing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRing mandrel, invisible ring size adjusters, sanding sponge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003eWhat's Included (27 Pieces)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; text-align: left;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; text-align: left;\"\u003eQty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRubber Mallet Hammer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRing Mandrel Sizer Stick (US \/ EU \/ JP \/ HK)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eAgate Burnisher Polishing Tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eNeedle Nose Pliers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRound Nose Pliers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eDiagonal Wire Cutters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eLint-Free Polishing Cloths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eDual-Grit Sanding Sponge Blocks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eInvisible Ring Size Adjusters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eDiamond Electroplated Needle Files\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this kit suitable for complete beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each tool covers a fundamental jewelry making or repair task, and no additional tools are required to get started with basic projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich ring size systems does the mandrel support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring mandrel includes four scale systems: US, EU, JP, and HK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials can the needle files be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGold, silver, copper, brass, and hard plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this kit suitable for professional jewelers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis kit is designed for beginners and hobbyists. Professional jewelers may need additional heavy-duty bench tools beyond this set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\"\u003eNeed Help?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003eQuestions about tool compatibility, ring size systems, or your order? Contact the Tooltos support team at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. We typically respond within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53353751707947,"sku":"CK01211","price":34.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-tooltos-27pcs-jewelry-making-tools-kit-ring-sizer-repair-set-for-beginners-1234492836.webp?v=1777288691"},{"product_id":"14pcs-jewelry-making-kit-bead-spinner-bracelet-sizer","title":"14PCS Jewelry Making Kit | Bead Spinner Bracelet Sizer Beading Tools | Tooltos","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEverything You Need for Jewelry Making — In One Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eStruggling to find the right tools for your beading projects? The \u003cstrong\u003eTooltos 14PCS Jewelry Making Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e brings together the essential tools for bead spinning, bracelet making, necklace assembly and jewelry finishing in one complete set. Designed for beginners and DIY enthusiasts who want to start making jewelry without buying tools separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fff8e1; border-left: 4px solid #f9a825; padding: 0.9rem 1.2rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beads, wire and stringing material are not included. This kit contains tools only.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included (14 Pieces)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eQty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRotatable Wooden Bead Spinner Bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eSolid beech wood, smooth fast rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003ePlastic Bracelet Measuring Sizer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eCone-style, 5 to 9 inch range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eJewelry Accessory Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eGold and silver jump rings plus lobster clasps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eStainless Steel Curved Tweezers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003ePrecision grip, anti-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003ePrecision Jewelry Scissors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eSharp, compact design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eMetal Bead Scoop Shovel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eStainless steel, easy bead transfer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eDual-head Beading Spatula\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eScrape and transfer beads and powders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eCurved Beading Needles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eFlexible, ideal for tight bead threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eSilver Polishing Cloths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eRestore shine, remove tarnish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBest For \/ Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.8; vertical-align: top;\"\u003eBeginners learning bead stringing and bracelet making\u003cbr\u003eDIY jewelry makers working with seed beads\u003cbr\u003eBead spinner projects (bracelets, necklaces)\u003cbr\u003eJewelry assembly with jump rings and clasps\u003cbr\u003eGift for jewelry making enthusiasts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.8; vertical-align: top;\"\u003eWire wrapping (no wire tools included)\u003cbr\u003eMetal fabrication or soldering\u003cbr\u003eStone setting or casting work\u003cbr\u003eProfessional production volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden Bead Spinner\u003c\/strong\u003e — Solid beech wood bowl spins smoothly to load curved needles with seed beads automatically. Dramatically faster than threading beads one by one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBracelet Sizer 5–9 Inches\u003c\/strong\u003e — Cone-style sizer covers most adult wrist sizes for accurate bracelet length measurement before stringing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Curved Beading Needles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Flexible curved design works with the bead spinner for fast, consistent bead loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJump Rings and Lobster Clasps Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ready-to-use findings for bracelet and necklace assembly without additional purchases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Tools\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tweezers, bead scoop and spatula in stainless steel for durability and precision handling of small components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Silver Polishing Cloths\u003c\/strong\u003e — Restore shine and remove tarnish from finished jewelry pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Kit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e0.65 kg \/ 1.43 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBracelet Sizer Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e5 to 9 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpinner Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eSolid Beech Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eStainless Steel and Plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurved Beading Needles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e3 included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilver Polishing Cloths\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e2 included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeads \/ Wire Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eNo — tools only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eQuick Start Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFill the bead spinner bowl with your beads and set it spinning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThread a curved beading needle and let the spinner load beads automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the bracelet sizer to measure your wrist and determine the correct length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAssemble with jump rings and lobster clasps using the tweezers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFinish with a polish using the silver polishing cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eProject\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eTools Used\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eBeaded bracelets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eBead spinner, curved needles, bracelet sizer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eNecklace assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eTweezers, jump rings, lobster clasps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eJewelry repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eScissors, tweezers, polishing cloths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eBead organization\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eBead scoop, spatula, accessory box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the dual-head spatula to transfer small seed beads without spilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore jump rings and clasps in the accessory box by size for faster assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe bead scoop shovel works great for returning unused beads to their containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStart with size 8 or 6 seed beads if you are new to bead spinning — they load onto the needle more easily than very small sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre beads or wire included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This kit contains tools only. Beads, wire and stringing material must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this kit suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The tools are intuitive and the bead spinner makes threading fast and easy, even for first-timers. Start with size 6 or 8 seed beads for the easiest learning experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size bracelets can the sizer measure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cone-style sizer measures from 5 to 9 inches, covering most adult wrist sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this kit for necklaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The jump rings, clasps, tweezers and needles are all suitable for necklace making and assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the bead spinner made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSolid beech wood — chosen for its smooth rotation, durability and natural aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a good gift for a jewelry maker?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The complete kit format makes it a practical gift for beginners and hobbyists who are starting out with bead jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the needles reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 3 curved beading needles are durable and designed for repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003eFor product questions or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. We typically respond within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53397421359403,"sku":"DH326-US","price":29.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-tooltos-14pcs-jewelry-making-tool-kit-bead-spinner-bracelet-sizer-1237998697.webp?v=1778577430"},{"product_id":"wire-wrapping-tool-kit-6-step-pliers-coiling-rods-agate-burnisher","title":"Wire Wrapping Tool Kit | 6-Step Pliers, Coiling Rods, Agate Burnisher | Tooltos","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:17px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.5rem; margin-top:0;\"\u003eA complete wire wrapping starter and studio kit for jewelers at every level — 6-step round nose pliers, two 5-step coiling rods, a natural agate burnisher, and ring adjuster wires give you consistent loops, uniform coils, and polished finishes without buying tools separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-Step Round Nose Pliers\u003c\/strong\u003e — Form 6 different loop sizes in one tool for consistent wire-wrapped loops and earring pairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-Step Coiling Rods (x2)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Create uniform coils, spirals and bead caps across a range of wire gauges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Agate Burnisher\u003c\/strong\u003e — Smooth wire ends and burnish metal surfaces on gold-filled, sterling silver and copper wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing Adjuster Wire (x2)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Resize and adjust ring bands without additional tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Kit in One Package\u003c\/strong\u003e — Everything needed for wire wrapping jewelry without buying tools separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Wire Wrapping Tool Kit brings together the essential hand tools for wire jewelry making in one practical set. Whether you are forming loops for wire-wrapped pendants, coiling bead caps, finishing wire ends or adjusting ring bands, this kit covers the core techniques used in everyday wire wrapping work. The stepped pliers and coiling rods make it easier to produce consistent results across earring pairs, wrapped stone settings and spiral designs — suitable for beginners learning wire wrapping and working jewelers who want a compact everyday kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat's in the Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eTool\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eQty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e6-Step Round Nose Pliers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eForm 6 different loop sizes in one tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e5-Step Coiling Rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCreate consistent coils and spirals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eGold Ring Adjuster Wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eResize and adjust ring bands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eNatural Agate Burnisher\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSmooth wire ends and burnish metal surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eTools Used\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWire-wrapped pendants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e6-step pliers + coiling rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCoiled bead caps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e5-step coiling rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSpiral earrings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e6-step pliers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWrapped stone settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFull kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRing band adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRing adjuster wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFinishing wire ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAgate burnisher\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePliers Steps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e6 graduated sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoiling Rod Steps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e5 graduated sizes (x2 rods)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBurnisher Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eNatural agate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRing Adjuster\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eGold-tone wire (x2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Wire Gauge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e20–28 AWG (heavier gauges may require more force)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eAll measurements manually taken; minor tolerances may apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the same step number each time for perfectly matched loops in earring pairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe agate burnisher works on fine silver, gold-filled and copper wire without scratching the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep coiling rods clean and dry to maintain smooth wire movement during coiling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStart with 24 AWG wire if you are new to wire wrapping — it is easier to control and forgiving for beginners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wire gauges work with these tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 6-step pliers and 5-step rods are suitable for most common jewelry wire gauges (20–28 AWG). Heavier gauges may require more force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this kit suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The stepped design makes it straightforward to learn consistent loop and coil sizes from the start, without needing to measure each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the agate burnisher be used on gold-filled wire?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Natural agate is safe for use on gold-filled, sterling silver and copper wire without scratching or damaging the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 6-step pliers and the 5-step coiling rod?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 6-step pliers are used to form loops directly in wire. The 5-step coiling rods are used to wrap wire around a mandrel to create uniform coils, spirals and bead caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre replacement parts available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlease contact us at sales@tooltos.com and we will advise on availability for individual components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this kit suitable for professional jewelers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. While the kit is beginner-friendly, the tools are practical for working jewelers who need a compact, everyday wire wrapping set for studio use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\"\u003eFor product questions or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. We typically respond within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53405449158955,"sku":"CK02339","price":26.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-wire-wrapping-tool-kit-6-step-pliers-coiling-rods-ring-adjusters-agate-knife-1238198805.webp?v=1778670671"},{"product_id":"tooltos-third-hand-soldering-tool","title":"Third Hand Soldering Tool Kit | 2 Bases, 3 Tweezers | Tooltos","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:inherit; color:inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:17px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.5rem; margin-top:0;\"\u003eThe professional third hand tool built for jewelers — two weighted bases, three interchangeable self-closing tweezers, and a 360-degree adjustable joint give you stable, hands-free holding for soldering, ring repair, and precision assembly without the wobble of lightweight alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Interchangeable Tweezers\u003c\/strong\u003e — Straight, angled and right-angle tips cover different workpiece shapes and tight-space access requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360-Degree Adjustable Joint\u003c\/strong\u003e — Butterfly screw allows positioning at any angle for precise hands-free holding during soldering and assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-Closing Tweezer Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tips stay clamped without hand pressure; keeps parts secure throughout the soldering process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Heavy Weighted Stainless Steel Bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — Weighted base prevents tipping and keeps the tool stable on the bench without clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerrated Stainless Steel Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Strong grip on small parts without damaging delicate jewelry surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide Application\u003c\/strong\u003e — Jewelry soldering, ring repair, wire wrapping, jump ring making, electronics repair and precision craft work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Third Hand Soldering Tool Kit gives jewelers, bench technicians and hobbyists a stable, hands-free holding solution for soldering, wire wrapping and precision assembly work. Two heavy weighted stainless steel bases keep the tool firmly in place on the bench, and the 360-degree adjustable joint positions any of the three interchangeable tweezers at the exact angle needed. The self-closing tweezer design holds parts securely without requiring hand pressure, freeing both hands for soldering or assembly tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eBest For \/ Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eNot Ideal For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.8; vertical-align:top;\"\u003eJewelry soldering and ring repair\u003cbr\u003eWire wrapping and jump ring making\u003cbr\u003eEarring and chain assembly\u003cbr\u003eElectronics soldering and circuit board repair\u003cbr\u003eModel building and precision craft work\u003cbr\u003eHands-free holding during bezel and prong setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.8; vertical-align:top;\"\u003eDirect flame contact on tweezers (use heat-resistant third hand for torch work)\u003cbr\u003eHeavy industrial clamping applications\u003cbr\u003eWorkpieces requiring bench vise-level holding force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eStraight tip tweezer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e162 mm (6.4 in) long, max opening 29 mm (1.1 in), 26.5 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eAngled tip tweezer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e150 mm (5.9 in) long, max opening 23 mm (0.9 in), 26.5 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eRight-angle tip tweezer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e150 mm (5.9 in) long, max opening 22 mm (0.9 in), 26.5 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eStainless steel base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e50 mm (2.0 in) diameter, 20 mm (0.8 in) height, heavy weighted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eJoint adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e360-degree with butterfly screw lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eTotal kit weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e0.45 kg (0.99 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eTweezer material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eStainless steel with serrated tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the tweezer tip as close to the solder joint as possible for maximum stability — longer reach increases wobble\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the right-angle tweezer for holding ring shanks flat on the soldering block while keeping the join area accessible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eTighten the butterfly screw firmly before soldering — a loose joint allows the workpiece to shift under torch heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the angled tweezer for holding jump rings and small findings that need to be presented at an angle to the solder pick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the weighted base on a soldering board or firebrick surface — the weight keeps it stable without bench damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the tweezers withstand direct torch flame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The stainless steel tweezers are heat-resistant but are not designed for prolonged direct flame contact. Position the workpiece so the torch flame contacts the metal, not the tweezer tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many bases are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Two heavy weighted stainless steel bases are included, allowing you to set up two holding positions simultaneously for complex assemblies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the tweezers interchangeable between the two bases?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. All three tweezers fit both bases and can be swapped freely to suit the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this suitable for electronics soldering?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The adjustable joint and self-closing tweezers make it practical for holding circuit boards, wires and small components during electronics soldering work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the serrated tips scratch polished jewelry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The serrated tips provide grip without damaging most jewelry surfaces under normal clamping pressure. For highly polished or soft metal surfaces, wrap the tips with a small piece of masking tape as protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the base clamp to the bench?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No. The base uses its own weight to stay in place on the bench surface. It does not clamp or bolt to the bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e2x Heavy weighted stainless steel bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1x Straight tip tweezer (162mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1x Angled tip tweezer (150mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1x Right-angle tip tweezer (150mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.5rem;\"\u003eQuestions about tweezer compatibility, setup or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53602927214891,"sku":"DH334-US","price":39.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-tooltos-third-hand-soldering-tool-kit-adjustable-jewelry-helping-hands-with-3-tweezers-1239669673.webp?v=1779354733"},{"product_id":"30l-oil-free-silent-air-compressor-1600w-jewelry","title":"Tooltos 30L Oil-Free Silent Air Compressor | 1600W, 140L\/min, Pneumatic Jewelry Tools","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:inherit; color:inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:17px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.5rem; margin-top:0;\"\u003eThe air compressor built for indoor jewelry studios running pneumatic engraving machines and graver helpers — a 30L tank at 0.7MPa buffers pressure fluctuations for consistent tool speed, the oil-free pump delivers clean air with no contamination to tool internals or workpieces, and the silent-style structure keeps operating noise low enough for studio and training room use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eKey Selling Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1600W copper-wire motor with 2800r\/min rotational speed delivers 140L\/min air flow — sufficient for continuous operation of pneumatic jewelry engraving machines, graver helpers, and air-powered bench tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e30L air tank at 0.7MPa exhaust pressure provides stable, consistent air supply without pressure fluctuation during sustained engraving or tool use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eOil-free design eliminates oil contamination in the air supply — no oil mist reaching the workpiece or pneumatic tool internals, and no daily oil maintenance required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eSilent-style structure reduces operating noise compared to standard compressors — more suitable for indoor jewelry studios, training rooms, and retail store back rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eMobile wheel set included — move the compressor around the workshop without lifting the 21.5kg unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eComplete accessory kit included: air hose, blow gun, quick connector, mufflers, and mounting hardware — ready to connect to your pneumatic tools on arrival\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eAbout This Air Compressor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003ePneumatic jewelry engraving machines and graver helpers require a stable, clean compressed air source to operate correctly. Pressure fluctuations cause inconsistent tool speed and uneven engraving depth; oil contamination from oil-lubricated compressors can foul pneumatic tool internals and leave residue on workpieces. The Tooltos 30L Oil-Free Silent Air Compressor addresses both issues — the 30L tank buffers pressure fluctuations during continuous use, and the oil-free pump delivers clean air without contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 1600W copper-wire motor and 140L\/min flow rate provide enough air volume for the pneumatic tools commonly used in jewelry workshops. The silent-style construction reduces operating noise relative to standard piston compressors, making it practical for use in indoor studio environments where noise is a concern. The thickened 30L tank and sturdy metal construction are built for regular daily use in a professional workshop setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eBest For \/ Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003ePowering pneumatic jewelry engraving machines, graver helpers, and air-powered bench tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e110V workshops — this unit is 220V only; verify your power supply before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eIndoor jewelry studios, training rooms, and retail store workshops where noise level matters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eHigh-demand industrial air tools requiring pressure above 0.7MPa or flow above 140L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eWorkshops needing clean, oil-free air to protect pneumatic tool internals and workpiece surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSpray painting — while oil-free air is suitable, verify pressure and flow requirements for your specific spray equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e220V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e1600W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRotational Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e2800 r\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNominal Volumetric Flow Rate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e140 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExhaust Pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e0.7 MPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAir Tank Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e30L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e520 x 240 x 530mm (20.47 x 9.45 x 20.87 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003e21.5kg (47.4 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLubrication Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eOil-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNoise Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eSilent-style structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0;\"\u003eCopper-wire motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eDrain the air tank after each use session by opening the drain valve at the bottom of the tank — moisture accumulates in the tank during operation and causes internal corrosion if left standing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eAllow the compressor to reach its cut-out pressure and stop automatically before connecting your pneumatic tool — starting the tool while the compressor is still building pressure can cause initial pressure spikes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the compressor in a well-ventilated area with at least 30cm clearance on all sides — the motor and pump generate heat during operation and need airflow to cool effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eCheck the pressure gauge before each session and verify the working pressure matches your pneumatic tool's requirements — most jewelry engraving machines and graver helpers operate between 0.2 and 0.5MPa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect the air hose connections and quick connectors periodically for leaks — even small air leaks cause the compressor to cycle more frequently, increasing motor wear and operating noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this compatible with pneumatic jewelry engraving machines and graver helpers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 30L tank, 140L\/min flow rate, and 0.7MPa pressure are suitable for powering pneumatic jewelry engraving machines, graver helpers, and most air-powered jewelry bench tools. Verify your specific tool's pressure and flow requirements before connecting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this available in 110V?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This compressor is 220V only. It is not compatible with 110V power supplies. If you are in North America and require a 110V compressor, this unit is not suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow loud is this compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe silent-style structure reduces operating noise compared to standard piston compressors. It is more suitable for indoor studio use than a conventional compressor, though it will still produce audible operating noise during the compression cycle. It is not completely silent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it require oil maintenance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This is an oil-free compressor — no oil filling, checking, or changing is required. The oil-free pump also means no oil contamination in the air supply reaching your tools or workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I release moisture from the tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOpen the drain valve at the bottom of the air tank after each use session to release accumulated moisture. Allow the tank pressure to drop to zero before opening the drain valve fully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if I have questions after receiving the compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eContact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x 30L oil-free silent air compressor (220V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Air hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Blow gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Quick connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eMufflers, mobile wheel set, and mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about pneumatic tool compatibility, pressure settings, or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"220V","offer_id":53766725042475,"sku":"JHHXMS068","price":799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-220v-tooltos-30l-oil-free-silent-air-compressor-for-pneumatic-jewelry-engraving-machines-1244605286.png?v=1781586551"},{"product_id":"550w-variable-speed-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill","title":"Tooltos 550W Variable Speed Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:inherit; color:inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eKey Selling Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust rolling speed for different metals, thickness reductions and precision alignment requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550W Electric Drive:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powerful motor eliminates manual cranking and delivers consistent rolling force for daily workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70mm Large Diameter Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wider roller contact improves pressure distribution and rolling stability across multiple passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160mm Extended Roller Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wider working area reduces repositioning when processing sheet and strip materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-Gear Synchronized Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both sides of the roller gap adjust together for more consistent thickness control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Wire Profile Grooves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports square, half-round and round wire forming alongside flat sheet rolling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eAbout This Rolling Mill\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eIf you have spent years cranking a manual rolling mill through long production sessions, you already know the cost — tired arms, inconsistent pressure, and the constant interruption of repositioning material. The Tooltos 550W Variable Speed Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill was built to change that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for professional jewelers, goldsmiths and silversmith workshops, this machine combines a powerful 550W electric motor with adjustable speed control to give you consistent rolling performance without the physical effort. Whether you are reducing sheet thickness for a ring blank or preparing wire stock for a production run, you stay in control of the speed — not the other way around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is not a general-purpose rolling mill. It is built specifically for workshops that roll metal regularly and need a machine that keeps up with professional demands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSolve Common Jewelry Workshop Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 1: Manual rolling becomes tiring during long working sessions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 550W electric drive reduces repetitive hand cranking and helps jewelers focus on material control instead of physical effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 2: Different materials require different rolling speeds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe variable speed control system allows users to adjust working speed according to the metal type, thickness reduction and forming stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 3: Maintaining consistent rolling quality across passes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe synchronized three-gear adjustment mechanism helps both sides of the roller gap move together, improving thickness consistency and reducing uneven results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eVariable Speed Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eDifferent rolling operations require different levels of speed control. Slower speeds allow better alignment when starting a pass or working with narrow wire profiles. Higher speeds improve efficiency during repeated rolling after the material is properly positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThis adjustable speed system makes the machine suitable for a wider range of jewelry metals and reduction requirements compared with single-speed electric rolling mills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003e550W Electric Drive System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 550W motor delivers consistent rolling force without the physical effort required by manual rolling mills. This makes it well suited for workshops that regularly prepare sheet and wire materials throughout the working day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003e70mm Roller Diameter and 160mm Roller Length\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 70mm roller diameter provides stable material engagement and more even pressure distribution during rolling. The 160mm roller length offers a wider working area for sheet and strip materials, reducing the need for repeated repositioning during fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eThree-Gear Synchronized Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe synchronized gear mechanism moves both sides of the roller gap together during adjustment. This design improves consistency and helps reduce uneven thickness caused by unbalanced manual adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWire Profile Groove Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1 \/ 1.5 \/ 2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-Round Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRound Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1.5 \/ 2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Rolling Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e50 mm \/ 1.97 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:14px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem; color:#666;\"\u003eGroove dimensions indicate nominal sizes. Actual finished dimensions may vary depending on material hardness, annealing condition and rolling process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eBest For \/ Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eProfessional jewelry workshops with daily rolling tasks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSteel, stainless steel or hardened metal processing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eGoldsmiths and silversmiths needing speed adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eIndustrial or heavy-duty metal production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eWorkshops rolling gold, silver, copper and brass regularly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eUsers who only need occasional light rolling tasks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSmall-batch jewelry production requiring consistent results\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eWire drawing applications requiring a drawplate setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e550W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e110V \/ 220V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eVariable Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated Motor Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1400 r\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e450 x 180 x 470 mm \/ 17.72 x 7.09 x 18.50 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 45.5 kg \/ 100.3 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eGold, Silver, Copper, Brass and similar non-ferrous jewelry alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways anneal metal before rolling to reduce work hardening and improve material flow through the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eStart at a slower speed when beginning a new pass or working with thinner material to maintain better control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eReduce thickness gradually across multiple passes rather than attempting large reductions in a single pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep roller surfaces clean and lightly lubricated to maintain smooth operation and extend roller life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eAllow the motor to reach stable speed before feeding material to ensure consistent rolling pressure from the start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose a variable speed jewelry rolling mill over a fixed-speed model?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVariable speed control allows you to adjust rolling speed based on the material, reduction stage and precision required. Slower speeds help with alignment and delicate materials, while higher speeds improve efficiency during repeated passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat metals can this rolling mill process?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for soft non-ferrous jewelry metals including gold, silver, copper and brass. It is not suitable for steel, stainless steel or hardened metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this machine support wire forming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It includes groove rollers for square, half-round and round wire profiles alongside flat sheet rolling capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the same as the Tooltos 4-in-1 jewelry rolling mill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This model focuses on variable speed control and motorized performance for professional workshops. If you primarily need versatile wire profile forming, please see our 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much thickness can be reduced in one pass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRecommended reduction per pass depends on the metal type and annealing condition. Gradual reduction across multiple passes produces better results than attempting large reductions at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with after-sales support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com for warranty details and support. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Tooltos 550W Variable Speed Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this rolling mill or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":54513994531115,"sku":"JHYBYBS188","price":2999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":54513994563883,"sku":"JHYBYBS185","price":2999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-tooltos-550w-variable-speed-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill-1253501196.webp?v=1786101011"},{"product_id":"550w-4-in-1-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill","title":"Tooltos 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:inherit; color:inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eKey Selling Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-in-1 Forming Capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e One machine handles flat sheet, square wire, half-round wire and round wire forming for daily jewelry fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550W Electric Drive:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powerful motor replaces manual cranking and delivers consistent rolling force throughout the working day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Wire Groove Sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square, half-round and round grooves in commonly used jewelry wire dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70mm Large Diameter Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stable material engagement and even pressure distribution across multiple rolling passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160mm Extended Roller Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wider working area for sheet and strip materials, reducing repositioning during fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-Gear Synchronized Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both sides of the roller gap adjust together for more consistent thickness control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eAbout This Rolling Mill\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eMost jewelry workshops need to roll flat sheet for ring blanks, form square wire for settings, shape half-round wire for bezels and produce round wire for chains - but buying separate machines for each task is expensive and takes up valuable bench space. The Tooltos 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill solves this with one compact machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003ePowered by a 550W electric motor, it handles four essential jewelry forming functions without the physical effort of manual rolling mills. Whether you are preparing materials for a single custom piece or running a small production batch, the 4-in-1 roller system gives you the versatility to work across different jewelry forming tasks with one machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eDesigned for jewelers, goldsmiths and small workshops that need reliable multi-function performance at a practical price point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSolve Common Jewelry Workshop Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 1: Different jewelry designs require different metal profiles.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 4-in-1 roller system combines flat sheet, square wire, half-round wire and round wire forming in one machine, reducing the need for separate rolling equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 2: Manual rolling becomes tiring during repeated production work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 550W electric motor provides stable power assistance, reducing operator fatigue and improving daily working efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 3: Maintaining consistent metal thickness across passes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe synchronized three-gear adjustment mechanism helps both sides of the roller gap move together, improving thickness consistency and reducing uneven results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFour Rolling Functions in One Machine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eThe integrated 4-in-1 roller system provides the four forming functions most commonly needed in jewelry fabrication:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Sheet Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduce sheet thickness for ring blanks, bracelets, pendants and general fabrication work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Wire Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Form square wire profiles for settings, frameworks and custom jewelry structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-Round Wire Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produce half-round profiles commonly used for bezels, borders and decorative wire work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound Wire Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create round wire for chains, rings, clasps and general jewelry components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003e550W Electric Drive System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 550W motor delivers consistent rolling force without the physical effort required by manual rolling mills. This makes it practical for workshops that regularly prepare sheet and wire materials throughout the working day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003e70mm Roller Diameter and 160mm Roller Length\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 70mm roller diameter provides stable material engagement and more even pressure distribution during rolling. The 160mm roller length offers a wider working area for sheet and strip materials, reducing the need for repeated repositioning during fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWire Profile Groove Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1 \/ 1.5 \/ 2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-Round Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRound Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1.5 \/ 2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Rolling Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e50 mm \/ 1.97 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:14px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem; color:#666;\"\u003eGroove dimensions indicate nominal sizes. Actual finished dimensions may vary depending on material hardness, annealing condition and rolling process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eBest For \/ Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eJewelers needing multiple forming functions in one machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSteel, stainless steel or hardened metal processing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSmall and medium jewelry workshops and studios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eIndustrial or heavy-duty metal production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eGold, silver, copper and brass sheet and wire forming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eWire drawing applications requiring a drawplate setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eJewelry makers upgrading from manual rolling mills\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eUsers who need adjustable speed control during rolling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e550W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eFixed Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e110V \/ 220V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRolling Functions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eFlat Sheet, Square Wire, Half-Round Wire, Round Wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 450 x 180 x 470 mm \/ 17.72 x 7.09 x 18.50 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 46 kg \/ 101.4 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eGold, Silver, Copper, Brass and similar non-ferrous jewelry alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways anneal metal before rolling to reduce work hardening and improve material flow through the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eStart with a larger groove size and work down gradually to achieve the target wire profile without overworking the metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eReduce thickness gradually across multiple passes rather than attempting large reductions in a single pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep roller surfaces clean and lightly lubricated to maintain smooth operation and extend roller life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eWhen switching between forming functions, check that the material is properly aligned with the selected groove before starting the motor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can a 4-in-1 jewelry rolling mill do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can roll flat sheet, square wire, half-round wire and round wire profiles in one machine, covering the most common metal forming needs in jewelry fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat metals can this rolling mill process?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for soft non-ferrous jewelry metals including gold, silver, copper and brass. It is not suitable for steel, stainless steel or hardened metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this machine replace multiple separate rolling mills?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 4-in-1 roller system combines the most common jewelry forming functions into one machine, helping save workspace and reduce equipment investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this model and the Tooltos Variable Speed rolling mill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model focuses on versatile 4-in-1 forming capability at a practical price point. The Variable Speed model adds adjustable speed control for workshops that need greater precision during different rolling stages. If speed adjustment is a priority, please see our 550W Variable Speed Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much thickness can be reduced in one pass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRecommended reduction per pass depends on the metal type and annealing condition. Gradual reduction across multiple passes produces better results than attempting large reductions at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with after-sales support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com for warranty details and support. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Tooltos 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this rolling mill or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":54668631048491,"sku":"JHYBYBS186","price":2799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":54668631081259,"sku":"JHYBYBS183","price":2799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-tooltos-550w-4-in-1-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill-1253517778.webp?v=1786115350"},{"product_id":"100w-pneumatic-jewelry-engraving-machine","title":"100W Pneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine with Built-In Air Supply and Foot Pedal","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e100W Pneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine with Built-In Air Supply and Foot Pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe HH-AT01 is a compact pneumatic impact engraving machine designed for jewelry engraving, surface texturing, fine carving and compatible stone-setting work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIts built-in air supply powers the pneumatic engraving handpiece without requiring a separate external air compressor, helping simplify setup and save valuable workbench space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIndependent POWER and SPEED controls allow the operator to adjust the relative impact strength and stroke frequency according to the material, graver and task. The included foot pedal provides convenient hands-free activation while the operator guides the handpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe complete kit includes a pneumatic handpiece, foot pedal, six engraving gravers, six color-coded quick-change chucks and the necessary connection accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBuilt-In Air Supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe integrated air supply powers the pneumatic handpiece without requiring an external air compressor, providing a more compact setup for jewelry workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Impact Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSeparate POWER and SPEED knobs allow the operator to adjust the relative impact strength and stroke frequency for different engraving and setting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFoot Pedal Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included foot pedal provides convenient hands-free activation, allowing the operator to concentrate on controlling the graver and workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePneumatic Impact Handpiece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe handpiece produces rapid reciprocating impacts that drive the graver through suitable jewelry metals. It is an impact engraving system rather than a rotary grinding tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eDigital Setting Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe front digital display provides a clear reference for the selected relative operating setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eQuick-Change Tool System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSix color-coded quick-change chucks and six engraving gravers are included, making it easier to organize and change tools for different engraving profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Workbench Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith a main unit size of approximately 22 × 12 × 18cm, the machine fits comfortably into professional jewelry workshops, repair studios and training environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHand engraving on jewelry metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLetter and decorative pattern engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSurface texturing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStippling and matte effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFine metal carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMetal inlay work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBead raising and compatible stone-setting preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair and customization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGoldsmith and silversmith work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving practice and training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSilver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCopper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBrass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlatinum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCompatible jewelry alloys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable small metal components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Performance on hardened steel, titanium and other hard alloys depends on the material hardness, graver material, cutting geometry, machine setting and operator technique. Test the settings on scrap material before working on a finished piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a pneumatic impact engraving machine. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA rotary flex-shaft tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA rotary grinding machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA laser engraver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA CNC engraving machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAn automatic pattern reproduction system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA gemstone cutting machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAll engraving movements and patterns must be manually guided by the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-AT01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Principle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic reciprocating impact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAC Input Voltage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100–240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Air Compressor Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Air Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpact Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelative Stroke Frequency\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–100% adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl Method\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePOWER knob, SPEED knob and foot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDigital setting display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Unit Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e22 × 12 × 18cm \/ 8.66 × 4.72 × 7.09in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45.5 × 34 × 19cm \/ 17.91 × 13.39 × 7.48in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApproximately 4.6kg \/ 10.14lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlug Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eUS, EU, UK or AU plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × HH-AT01 Pneumatic Engraving Machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Pneumatic Engraving Handpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Pneumatic Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Handpiece Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Foot Pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × AC Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e6 × Color-Coded Quick-Change Chucks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Quick-Change Chuck Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e6 × Engraving Gravers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Allen Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry, engraving blocks, vises and other workbench accessories shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the machine on a stable, dry and level workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConfirm that the AC input rating is compatible with the local power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall a properly sharpened graver into a compatible quick-change chuck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the pneumatic handpiece and foot pedal to their corresponding ports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the POWER and SPEED controls to their minimum settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSwitch on the machine and test it on scrap material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePress the foot pedal and gradually increase the POWER and SPEED settings until the desired cutting response is achieved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRelease the foot pedal, return the controls to minimum and switch off the machine after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAC Input Voltage: 100–240V.\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the plug type that matches the destination country when placing the order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eA plug adapter changes only the physical plug shape and does not convert voltage. Always inspect the rating label on the supplied power adapter before connecting the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure the workpiece in an engraving block, vise or suitable holding fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep your hands behind the cutting edge of the graver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not install or replace gravers while the machine is powered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBegin with low POWER and SPEED settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use damaged cables, tubes, plugs or handpieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the machine away from water and flammable or explosive environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not cover the ventilation openings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStop using the machine immediately if it produces smoke, a burning smell or abnormal noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep children and untrained users away from the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this machine require an external air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The HH-AT01 has a built-in air supply that powers the pneumatic engraving handpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a rotary engraving machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a pneumatic impact engraving system. The handpiece moves the graver through rapid reciprocating impacts rather than rotary motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the POWER knob control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe POWER knob adjusts the relative impact strength of the handpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the SPEED knob control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe SPEED knob adjusts the relative stroke frequency. The 0–100% value is a relative setting and is not an rpm rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for stone setting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can assist with compatible stone-setting operations such as bead raising and certain setting preparation tasks. Results depend on the selected graver, material, settings and operator technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeginners can use the machine, but proper graver sharpening, workholding and engraving techniques are required. Practice on scrap metal before working on valuable jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the machine support 100–240V?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The AC input voltage is 100–240V. Select the appropriate US, EU, UK or AU plug according to the destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54674612551979,"sku":"KH-HH-AT01","price":699.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-100w-pneumatic-jewelry-engraving-machine-with-built-in-air-supply-and-foot-pedal-1251592014.webp?v=1785424211"},{"product_id":"550w-3-in-1-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill","title":"Tooltos 550W 3-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Selling Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-in-1 Forming Capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e One machine handles flat sheet, square wire and half-round wire forming for essential daily jewelry fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550W Electric Drive:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powerful motor replaces manual cranking and delivers consistent rolling force throughout the working day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide Square Wire Groove Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eight groove sizes from 1mm to 7mm cover a broad range of square wire forming requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Half-Round Groove Sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Six groove sizes from 4mm to 10mm for half-round wire profiles used in bezels and borders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward \/ Stop \/ Reverse Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convenient directional control for repeated rolling passes without repositioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-Gear Synchronized Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both sides of the roller gap adjust together for more consistent thickness control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAbout This Rolling Mill\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNot every jewelry workshop needs four forming functions. If your daily work focuses on flat sheet preparation, square wire forming and half-round wire shaping, the Tooltos 550W 3-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill gives you exactly what you need - without paying for functions you will rarely use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePowered by a 550W electric motor with forward, stop and reverse control, this machine handles the three most common jewelry metal forming tasks efficiently. The wide range of square wire grooves (1mm to 7mm) and half-round grooves (4mm to 10mm) makes it particularly well suited for workshops that work with a variety of wire profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eDesigned for jewelers, goldsmiths and small workshops that need a focused, reliable electric rolling solution for core forming tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSolve Common Jewelry Workshop Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 1: Manual rolling becomes tiring during repeated wire forming sessions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 550W electric drive reduces repetitive hand cranking. The forward and reverse control makes repeated passes easier without repositioning the material each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 2: Different wire profiles require different groove sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEight square wire grooves and six half-round grooves cover the most commonly needed wire dimensions for jewelry fabrication in one machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 3: Maintaining consistent roller gap during adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe synchronized three-gear adjustment mechanism helps both sides of the roller gap move together, improving thickness consistency and reducing uneven results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eThree Rolling Functions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe 3-in-1 roller system covers the three forming functions most commonly needed for wire-focused jewelry fabrication:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Sheet Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduce sheet thickness for ring blanks, pendants and general metal preparation. Flat section width: 6.2mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Wire Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Form square wire profiles for settings, frameworks and custom jewelry structures. Eight groove sizes: 1 \/ 1.5 \/ 2 \/ 2.5 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5.5 \/ 7mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-Round Wire Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produce half-round profiles for bezels, borders and decorative wire work. Six groove sizes: 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 \/ 7 \/ 8 \/ 10mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWire Profile Groove Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1 \/ 1.5 \/ 2 \/ 2.5 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5.5 \/ 7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-Round Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4 \/ 5 \/ 6 \/ 7 \/ 8 \/ 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Section Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e6.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 14px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem; color: #666;\"\u003eGroove dimensions indicate nominal sizes. Actual finished dimensions may vary depending on material hardness, annealing condition and rolling process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBest For \/ Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelers focused on square wire and half-round wire forming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWorkshops needing round wire forming capability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSmall and medium jewelry workshops and studios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSteel, stainless steel or hardened metal processing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eGold, silver, copper and brass wire and sheet forming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eIndustrial or heavy-duty metal production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelers upgrading from manual rolling mills\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eUsers needing wide flat sheet rolling over 6.2mm width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e550W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFixed Speed (Forward \/ Stop \/ Reverse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated Motor Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1400 r\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e2.81A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e110V \/ 220V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRolling Functions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFlat Sheet, Square Wire, Half-Round Wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e450 x 180 x 460 mm \/ 17.7 x 7.1 x 18.1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 46.7 kg \/ 102.9 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eGold, Silver, Copper, Brass and similar non-ferrous jewelry alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways anneal metal before rolling to reduce work hardening and improve material flow through the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the reverse function to feed material back to the starting position instead of removing and repositioning it manually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStart with a groove size slightly larger than your target and work down gradually across multiple passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep roller surfaces clean and lightly lubricated to maintain smooth operation and extend roller life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eReduce thickness gradually across multiple passes rather than attempting large reductions in a single pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat forming functions does this 3-in-1 rolling mill support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt supports flat sheet rolling, square wire rolling and half-round wire rolling. It does not include round wire forming capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat metals can this rolling mill process?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for soft non-ferrous jewelry metals including gold, silver, copper and brass. It is not suitable for steel, stainless steel or hardened metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this model support round wire forming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This is a 3-in-1 model focused on flat sheet, square wire and half-round wire forming. If you need round wire capability, please see our \u003ca href=\"\/de\/products\/550w-4-in-1-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill\"\u003eTooltos 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/a\u003e which adds round wire forming to the same platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a variable speed rolling mill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This model uses a fixed-speed 550W electric drive with forward, stop and reverse control. If adjustable speed control is important for your work, please see our \u003ca href=\"\/de\/products\/550w-variable-speed-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill\"\u003eTooltos 550W Variable Speed Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is the flat rolling section?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe flat section width is 6.2mm. This machine is primarily designed for wire forming. If you need wider flat sheet rolling, please see our \u003ca href=\"\/de\/products\/550w-4-in-1-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill\"\u003eTooltos 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/a\u003e which offers a 50mm flat rolling width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with after-sales support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com for warranty details and support. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Tooltos 550W 3-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this rolling mill or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":54943913935147,"sku":"JHYBYBS190","price":2699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":54943913967915,"sku":"JHYBYBS187","price":2699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-tooltos-550w-3-in-1-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill-1253523676.webp?v=1786122611"},{"product_id":"pneumatic-jewelry-engraving-machine-foot-pedal","title":"AGM-01 Pneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine Air Graver with Foot Pedal Tooltos","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos AGM-01 is a power-assisted pneumatic hand engraving system designed for jewelers, metal artists and engravers who require precision and control at the bench. Compressed air drives the handpiece impact mechanism, significantly reducing the physical effort compared to traditional push-graver techniques, so you can focus on line quality, engraving depth and artistic detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable air pressure regulator, mechanical pressure gauge and pneumatic foot pedal work together to give the operator full control over impact force and engraving rhythm — whether working on delicate decorative lines or deeper relief cuts in harder metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith a compact bench-friendly housing, top carry handle and standard handpiece compatibility, the AGM-01 is suitable for jewelry studios, repair workshops, engraving benches and DIY jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Air Pressure 0–60 PSI\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe integrated regulator and mechanical gauge allow precise pressure adjustment for any engraving task — from hairline decorative lines to deeper cuts in harder metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePneumatic Foot Pedal Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included foot pedal provides hands-free, responsive on\/off control without lifting your hands from the workpiece — essential when engraving under a microscope or with a workpiece mounted in a ball vise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Bench-Friendly Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe low-profile housing with integrated top carry handle takes up minimal bench space and repositions easily around your workshop as your work evolves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompatible with Standard Engraving Gravers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWorks with industry-standard graver blanks and handles, giving you the flexibility to use your existing tooling and preferred graver profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing engraving and detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePendant and locket carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFlat plate monogramming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCustom jewelry components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePrecision metal artwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench work in jewelry studios and repair shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis machine requires an external air compressor for operation. The air compressor is not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis is a power-assisted pneumatic hand engraving system, not a CNC or automated engraving machine. The operator manually guides the handpiece and graver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFor best results, use clean, dry, oil-free compressed air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is designed for fine engraving and small metal detail work, not heavy-duty cutting, drilling, or large industrial metal processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAccessories shown in lifestyle images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included unless listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAGM-01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e110V 60Hz \/ 220V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–60 PSI (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl Method\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic foot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAir Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eExternal compressor required (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePower-assisted pneumatic hand engraver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x AGM-01 Pneumatic Engraving Machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Pneumatic Foot Pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Air Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Plug Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Any jewelry, tools, workpieces, vises, or display props shown in lifestyle or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the engraving machine on a stable, flat workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power cord to the machine and plug into a compatible power outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the air hose from an external compressor to the machine air inlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the foot pedal hose to the foot pedal port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInsert the graver into the handpiece and tighten securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure your workpiece in a ball vise or other suitable fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePower on the machine and adjust the pressure regulator to the desired PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePress the foot pedal to activate the handpiece and begin engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust pressure gradually during use for better control and smoother results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the machine and disconnect the air supply after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis machine is available in 110V (60Hz) and 220V (50Hz) versions. Please select the correct voltage option for your region before ordering. A plug adapter is included in the package. If you are unsure which voltage is standard in your country, please check with a local electrician before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use the machine on a stable, dry and flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eEnsure all air connections and fittings are securely attached before operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the rated maximum working pressure of 60 PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse only clean, dry, oil-free compressed air to prevent damage to internal components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands clear of the handpiece tip when the foot pedal is engaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear appropriate eye protection during all engraving work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the machine in wet environments or near flammable materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the power and disconnect the air supply before cleaning, adjustment or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AGM-01 include an air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. An external air compressor is required and sold separately. We recommend using a clean, dry, oil-free compressed-air supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat working pressure does the machine use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable pressure range is 0–60 PSI. Use lower pressure for fine detail work and higher pressure for deeper cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the foot pedal control the engraver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The pneumatic foot pedal provides hands-free on\/off control, allowing you to keep both hands on the workpiece during engraving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a CNC engraving machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This is a power-assisted pneumatic hand engraving system. All tool direction and movement is controlled by the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials can it engrave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eDesigned primarily for jewelry and precision metal engraving. Performance depends on metal type, graver geometry, sharpening quality and air pressure setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used with an engraving ball vise?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. A ball vise or other secure workholding fixture can be used to stabilize the workpiece during engraving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":54983134019883,"sku":"JHDKDKS67","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":54983134052651,"sku":"JHDKDKS47","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-agm-01-pneumatic-jewelry-engraving-machine-air-graver-with-foot-pedal-1253965325.jpg?v=1786525574"},{"product_id":"fixed-magnification-stereo-microscope","title":"Tooltos MS05A Jewelry Stereo Microscope 20X 40X for Inspection","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos MS05A Jewelry Stereo Microscope is a compact binocular microscope designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone setting, watch repair, electronics checking, and other small-detail tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWith 20X and 40X magnification, WF10X widefield eyepieces, and a 45° angled viewing head, it provides a comfortable observation experience for close-range inspection while reducing neck and eye strain during extended sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable focus system and 55–75 mm \/ 2.17–2.95 in working distance make it suitable for rings, gemstones, small watch parts, electronic components, coins, and delicate craft projects. The included power adapter means it is ready to use right out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e20X and 40X Fixed Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSwitch between two fixed magnification levels to inspect fine details with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Widefield Eyepieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eComfortable binocular viewing with a wide field of view for extended inspection sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45 Degree Angled Viewing Head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eReduces neck and eye strain during extended inspection sessions at the workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e55–75 mm Working Distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides room to position rings, tweezers, tools, and small parts under the lens while working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSmooth Focus Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBring small objects into sharp focus quickly and easily with the adjustable focus control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Desktop Base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe solid, compact base keeps the microscope steady on your workbench during inspection and repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWork Plate with Metal Clips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eHolds small items securely in place during inspection or light repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePower Adapter Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eComes with a power adapter for convenient ready-to-use operation straight out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection — rings, stones, prongs, solder joints, and surface details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting — viewing stones and settings during placement or adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair — tiny screws, gears, movements, and delicate components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronics checking — circuit boards, solder points, and small connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCoin and craft inspection — engravings, textures, fine lines, and small handmade items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a stereo inspection microscope for close-range visual work. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA compound biological microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA long-distance or telescope-style viewing device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA camera or digital imaging system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for large or bulky objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for heavy-duty industrial environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e20X, 40X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEyepiece\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e55–75 mm \/ 2.17–2.95 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e460 x 340 x 200 mm \/ 18.11 x 13.39 x 7.87 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGross Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e3 kg \/ 6.61 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Stereo Microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry, engraving blocks, vises, and other workbench accessories shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the microscope on a stable, dry, and level workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConfirm that the power adapter input rating is compatible with the local power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power adapter and switch on the microscope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the item to be inspected on the work plate and secure it with the metal clips if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the focus control until the object is sharp and clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect 20X or 40X magnification according to the level of detail required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSwitch off the microscope and store it in a clean, dry location after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlease confirm the input voltage rating on the included power adapter before connecting the microscope to your local power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eA plug adapter changes only the physical plug shape and does not convert voltage. Always check the rating label on the power adapter before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the microscope on a stable surface to prevent tipping or dropping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not expose the microscope to water, moisture, or excessive dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use damaged cables or power adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the lenses clean using appropriate optical cleaning materials only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not look directly at strong light sources through the eyepieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep children and untrained users away from the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStop using the microscope immediately if it produces smoke, a burning smell, or abnormal behavior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for jewelry repair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it is ideal for inspecting rings, gemstones, settings, and solder joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for watch repair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 20X\/40X magnification and close working distance work well for small watch components and movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it beginner-friendly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbsolutely. The compact design, adjustable focus, and included power adapter make it easy to set up and use right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately 55–75 mm \/ 2.17–2.95 in — enough room to work comfortably with tools and small parts under the lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for large objects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This microscope is designed for small-detail inspection. It is not recommended for large, bulky, or oversized items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55030710173995,"sku":"KH-HH-MS05A","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ms05a-stereo-microscope-jewelry-20x-40x-main-view.webp?v=1787651295"},{"product_id":"jewelry-melting-kit-ceramic-crucible-dish-tongs-soldering-brick-pliers","title":"Jewelry Melting Kit Ceramic Crucible Dish Tongs Soldering Brick Pliers","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Jewelry Melting and Soldering Tool Set is a practical bench-work accessory kit designed for small-batch jewelry melting, heating, soldering support, and basic repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis set includes a ceramic melting dish, two ceramic crucibles, a stainless steel crucible holder, red-handle bent nose pliers, and a heat-resistant soldering brick. It provides the essential tools needed to hold, heat, support, and move small melting containers during jewelry and metalworking tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe ceramic components are suitable for high-temperature work, while the soldering brick provides a stable heat-resistant surface for bench use. The included tongs and pliers help users handle hot crucibles and small items more safely and with better control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCeramic Melting Dish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eHeat-resistant ceramic dish for small-batch melting, heating, and jewelry bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCeramic Crucibles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIncludes small and large ceramic crucibles for holding small quantities of metal or materials during heating tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStainless Steel Crucible Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eMetal holder designed to grip and move hot crucibles or melting dishes more securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eRed-Handle 90° Bent Nose Pliers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eExtended bent nose pliers with red handles for gripping, positioning, and handling small parts during bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHeat-Resistant Soldering Brick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides a stable, heat-resistant working surface for soldering, heating, and supporting small jewelry pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eComplete Bench Tool Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eCombines ceramic containers, handling tools, and a soldering support brick in one convenient set for jewelry makers, hobbyists, and repair users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry melting — small metal batches, granules, and repair materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry soldering — supporting rings, chains, and small components during heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench repair work — handling small parts, findings, and jewelry pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCraft metalworking — small-scale heating, shaping, and positioning tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHobby use — basic jewelry making, repair practice, and small workshop projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a small jewelry bench-work tool set. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA complete casting machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA furnace or electric melting device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA torch, fuel system, or heat source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for large-volume metal melting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIntended for heavy industrial foundry work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for rough forging, hammering, or high-impact metal shaping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eA separate torch or heat source is required for melting or soldering work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eJewelry Melting and Soldering Tool Set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCeramic \/ Stainless Steel \/ Metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrucible Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e50 ml \/ 150 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrucible Holder Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e400 mm \/ 15.75 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBent Nose Pliers Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e267 mm \/ 10.51 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoldering Brick Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStandard \/ Ordinary Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1 kg \/ 2.20 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Ceramic Melting Dish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Stainless Steel Crucible Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Standard Soldering Brick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Small Ceramic Crucible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Large Ceramic Crucible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Red-Handle 90° Bent Nose Pliers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry, metal beads, torch, molds, casting machines, and other workbench accessories shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Use Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the soldering brick on a stable, level, and fire-safe work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChoose the ceramic melting dish or ceramic crucible according to the amount of material being heated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdd a suitable small amount of metal or material into the ceramic container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeat carefully with a proper torch or heat source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the stainless steel crucible holder to grip and move the hot container when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the red-handle bent nose pliers for positioning small items or assisting with detailed bench work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAllow all tools and ceramic parts to cool completely before touching, cleaning, or storing them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use this product on a stable, fire-safe workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear proper heat-resistant gloves, eye protection, and other safety gear during heating work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCeramic parts and metal tools may remain hot for a long time after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not touch heated crucibles, melting dishes, or soldering bricks with bare hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use cracked, damaged, or heavily worn ceramic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not leave an active torch or heated materials unattended.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep flammable items away from the work area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep children and untrained users away from heating and soldering tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAllow all parts to cool naturally before cleaning or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a torch included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This set does not include a torch or heat source. A suitable external torch is required for melting or soldering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this set be used for jewelry making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for small-batch jewelry melting, soldering support, repair practice, and general bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the crucibles ceramic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The set includes ceramic crucibles and a ceramic melting dish for high-temperature bench applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for large-volume melting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This set is intended for small-scale jewelry and hobby work, not large-volume foundry melting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the tongs be used to move hot crucibles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The stainless steel crucible holder is designed to grip and move hot crucibles or melting dishes, but proper heat protection should always be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55033540903211,"sku":"CK02358","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ck02358-jewelry-melting-kit-ceramic-crucible-dish-tongs-main-view.webp?v=1787755029"},{"product_id":"stereo-microscope-for-jewelry-inspection-7x-45x-magnification-wf10x-eyepiece","title":"Tooltos Jewelry Stereo Microscope 7X-45X with WF10X Eyepieces","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Jewelry Stereo Microscope is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone setting, watch repair, electronics checking, and other small-detail bench work. With 7X-45X magnification and WF10X eyepieces, it helps users clearly observe fine details during repair, inspection, and precision assembly tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe binocular viewing head provides comfortable stereo observation, while the 45° viewing angle helps reduce neck strain during extended use. The manual focus knobs allow smooth and precise adjustment, making it easier to inspect rings, gemstones, small watch parts, circuit boards, coins, and handmade craft pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis microscope features a split-style structure with a separate microscope head and stand base. The stable desktop stand, metal support post, and work plate with clips provide a practical setup for close-range inspection and bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e7X-45X Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAdjustable magnification range allows users to inspect fine details at different viewing levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Eyepiece\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWidefield eyepieces provide a comfortable binocular viewing experience for close-up inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45° Viewing Head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAngled viewing design helps support a more comfortable working posture during long inspection sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e100 mm Working Distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides enough space under the lens for placing jewelry, tweezers, small tools, and repair parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eManual Focus Knobs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eLarge side focus knobs allow smooth adjustment for clear and precise observation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Desktop Stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe solid base and metal support post keep the microscope steady during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWork Plate with Clips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBuilt-in work plate and clips help position and hold small items during inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSplit-Style Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe microscope head and stand base are separate components, making the setup easier to assemble, adjust, and store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection — rings, stones, prongs, solder joints, and surface details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting — viewing stones and settings during placement or adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair — tiny screws, gears, movements, and delicate watch components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronics checking — circuit boards, solder points, connectors, and small parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCoin and craft inspection — engravings, textures, fine lines, and handmade items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a stereo inspection microscope for close-range visual work. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA biological compound microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA digital camera microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA long-distance or telescope-style viewing device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for large or bulky objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for heavy-duty industrial environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetails\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X-45X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEyepiece\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBinocular\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100 mm \/ 3.94 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFocus Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual Adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStand Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDesktop post support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e38.5 x 25 x 37.5 cm \/ 15.16 x 9.84 x 14.76 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4.8 kg \/ 10.58 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Microscope Head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Stand Base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry, rings, tweezers, tools, stones, watches, electronic parts, and other workbench accessories shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Setup Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the stand base on a stable, dry, and level workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMount the microscope head onto the stand base securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the item to be inspected on the work plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the metal clips to hold small items in place if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLook through the eyepieces and adjust the focus knobs until the image is clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the magnification according to the level of detail required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the microscope in a clean and dry location after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the microscope on a stable surface to prevent tipping or dropping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not expose the microscope to water, moisture, or excessive dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the lenses clean using proper optical cleaning materials only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not look directly at strong light sources through the eyepieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHandle the microscope head carefully during installation or removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep children and untrained users away from the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the microscope in a clean, dry place when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this microscope suitable for jewelry work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for inspecting rings, gemstones, prongs, solder joints, and other fine jewelry details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for watch repair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The stereo viewing design and 7X-45X magnification range make it useful for small watch components and movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a digital microscope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This is an optical stereo microscope. It does not include a camera or digital display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is a split-style microscope. The microscope head and stand base are separate components and need to be assembled before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe working distance is approximately 100 mm \/ 3.94 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for large objects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This microscope is designed for small-detail, close-range inspection and is not recommended for large or bulky items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55034150191403,"sku":"KH-HH-MH07A","price":499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/mh07a-stereo-microscope-jewelry-inspection-7x-45x-main-view.webp?v=1787757935"},{"product_id":"jewelry-saw-kit-with-bench-pin-clamp-3-0-blades-piercing-saw-frame-tool-set","title":"Jewelry Saw Kit with Bench Pin Clamp 3\/0 Blades Piercing Saw Frame Tool Set","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Jewelry Saw Kit is designed for jewelry making, metal cutting, piercing work, and detailed handmade projects. This complete set includes an adjustable jewelry saw frame, a wooden bench pin with V-notch support, a table clamp, and 12 pieces of 3\/0 saw blades, providing a practical setup for jewelers, beginners, and craft enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable saw frame helps maintain stable blade tension for smoother and more accurate cutting, while the wooden bench pin provides a secure support area for small workpieces. The V-notch design allows users to position metal sheets and jewelry components closer to the cutting area, improving control during detailed work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included table clamp securely attaches the wooden bench pin to the edge of a workbench or table, creating a stable cutting platform without requiring a permanent installation. The compact design makes this tool set suitable for jewelry studios, DIY workshops, and home craft benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Jewelry Saw Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe sturdy metal saw frame is designed for precise cutting and piercing operations. The adjustable structure helps keep the saw blade properly tensioned for smoother and cleaner cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eErgonomic Black Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe comfortable handle provides a secure grip during manual cutting, helping users maintain better control and accuracy during detailed jewelry work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWooden Bench Pin with V-Notch Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe wooden bench pin provides stable support for small workpieces. The forked V-notch area allows users to position metal sheets closer to the cutting point for easier piercing and shaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Table Clamp Mounting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included metal clamp allows the bench pin to be attached securely to the edge of a workbench or table. The adjustable screw design helps keep the working platform stable during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e12 pcs 3\/0 Saw Blades Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eComes with 12 fine saw blades suitable for detailed cutting work on thin metal sheets, jewelry components, and small craft materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Jewelry Workstation Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe combination of saw frame, bench pin, and clamp creates a practical workspace solution for jewelers who need a stable cutting surface without a large machine setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable for Beginners and Professionals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis set is suitable for jewelry students, hobbyists, silversmiths, and professional jewelers performing detailed manual cutting tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry making — cutting rings, pendants, earrings, and small metal components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMetal piercing work — creating detailed patterns and decorative shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSilversmith projects — cutting silver sheets and thin metal materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY crafts — handmade accessories and precision craft projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eModel making — detailed cutting of small parts and thin materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair preparation — trimming and shaping small components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a manual jewelry cutting tool set for precision hand-cutting work. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA powered cutting machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA woodworking saw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for cutting thick metal bars or heavy materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for large industrial cutting applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA replacement for electric saws or CNC equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetails\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry Saw Tool Set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaw Frame Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAdjustable Manual Saw Frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBlack Ergonomic Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBench Pin Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClamp Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaw Blade Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e3\/0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaw Blade Quantity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e12 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBench Pin Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e188 x 59 mm \/ 7.40 x 2.32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBench Pin Slot\/Hole Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e19 mm \/ 0.75 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClamp Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e155 mm \/ 6.10 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Clamp Opening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e57 mm \/ 2.24 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.5 kg \/ 1.10 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Adjustable Jewelry Saw Frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Wooden Bench Pin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Metal Table Clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e12 x 3\/0 Saw Blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry pieces, metal sheets, rings, tools, workbench accessories, and other items shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Setup Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAttach the wooden bench pin securely to the edge of a stable workbench using the included clamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall a 3\/0 saw blade into the upper and lower holders of the saw frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the blade tension until the blade is straight and firmly secured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the metal sheet or jewelry workpiece on the V-notch area of the wooden bench pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the saw frame vertically and cut along the marked line using steady strokes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eReplace the blade when it becomes worn or damaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean and store the tools properly after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways secure the bench pin firmly before cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers away from the saw blade during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear appropriate eye protection when cutting metal materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the correct blade size according to the material thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not force the saw through the material; allow the blade to perform the cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the tools clean and dry after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore saw blades safely to avoid accidental injury.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this saw kit suitable for jewelry making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This kit is designed for jewelry making, metal piercing, and detailed hand-cutting projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it cut metal sheets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for thin metal sheets and small jewelry components. Cutting performance depends on material type and thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size saw blades are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe kit includes 12 pieces of 3\/0 jewelry saw blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the bench pin need to be permanently installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The included clamp allows the bench pin to be attached temporarily to a workbench or table edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan beginners use this jewelry saw set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The simple manual design makes it suitable for beginners learning jewelry cutting techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it cut thick metal pieces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This tool is designed for thin materials and detailed jewelry work, not heavy-duty cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the clamp included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The package includes one metal table clamp for securing the wooden bench pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55061609513259,"sku":"CK0782","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/black-handle-jewelry-saw-frame-main-view_50659f0f-444c-4cf1-8730-be89f98467f1.webp?v=1787651077"},{"product_id":"tooltos-hh-mh08a-stereo-microscope","title":"Tooltos HH-MH08A Jewelry Stereo Microscope 7X-45X with Desktop Stand","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size: 24px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eTooltos HH-MH08A Jewelry Stereo Microscope 7X-45X with Desktop Stand\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-MH08A Jewelry Stereo Microscope is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone setting, watch repair, electronics checking, and other precision bench work. Featuring a 7X-45X continuous zoom range, WF10X wide-field binocular eyepieces, and a true stereo optical system, it delivers sharp, three-dimensional magnified views with natural depth perception ideal for precision close-detail work in workshops and repair benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe ergonomic 45-degree inclined binocular head reduces neck and eye strain during extended inspection sessions. The split-structure design with a separate microscope head and heavy-duty desktop post stand makes setup, adjustment, and storage straightforward for professional and hobbyist users alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e7X-45X Continuous Zoom Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSmoothly adjustable zoom lets you switch between wide-area overview and fine-detail inspection without changing objectives. Suitable for jewelry pieces, mechanical components, electronic boards, and craft items of varying sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStereo Binocular Optical System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eTrue stereo optics deliver three-dimensional depth perception, helping you accurately judge the shape, position, and surface condition of small objects. Essential for gemstone setting and solder joint inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Wide-Field Eyepieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWide-field eyepieces expand the observable area and reduce eye fatigue, making them well-suited for long inspection sessions in jewelry workshops and repair environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eErgonomic 45-Degree Inclined Viewing Head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe angled binocular head promotes a natural, upright working posture, reducing strain during detailed repair and inspection tasks compared to straight-tube designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e100 mm Working Distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe generous 100 mm working distance provides ample clearance for placing jewelry pieces, tweezers, setting tools, and small components beneath the lens. With an optional 0.5X auxiliary lens, working distance extends to 165 mm for even greater flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSmooth Manual Focus Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eLarge side-mounted focus knobs allow precise, controlled focusing for quick image sharpness adjustment across different magnification levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHeavy-Duty Desktop Post Stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe solid metal stand base minimizes vibration and movement during precision work, providing a stable platform for consistent inspection results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSplit-Structure Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe microscope head and stand base are separate components, simplifying installation, reconfiguration, transport, and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection: examine gemstone surfaces, prong settings, polishing quality, and solder joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting: observe stone placement, alignment, and edge condition with depth perception\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair: inspect gears, screws, movements, and small mechanical parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronics inspection: check PCB solder joints, component placement, and surface quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCraft and precision work: examine engraving details, coin surfaces, miniature parts, and handmade items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis microscope is designed for close-range optical inspection. It is not intended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDigital imaging or video recording without additional camera adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBiological or compound microscope applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLong-distance or wide-area viewing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLarge or oversized object inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeavy industrial measurement tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-MH08A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptical Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStereo Microscope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X-45X Continuous Zoom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEyepiece\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X Wide-Field Binocular\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAuxiliary Lens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.5X (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45-Degree Inclined Binocular Head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100 mm \/ 3.94 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance with 0.5X Lens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e165 mm \/ 6.50 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Method\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBinocular Stereo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFocus System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual Side-Knob Focus Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStand Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHeavy-Duty Desktop Post Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e38.5 x 27.5 x 37.5 cm \/ 15.16 x 10.83 x 14.76 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e5.4 kg \/ 11.90 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x HH-MH08A Stereo Microscope Head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Desktop Post Stand Assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the microscope components listed above are included. Jewelry samples, gemstones, watches, electronic parts, tools, and other accessories shown in product images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Setup Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the desktop stand on a stable, level work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMount the microscope head onto the stand post assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the interpupillary distance on the eyepieces for comfortable viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the object beneath the microscope lens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the focus knobs to achieve a sharp, clear image.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRotate the zoom control to select the required magnification level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean the optical surfaces and store the microscope properly after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use the microscope on a stable, vibration-free workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not touch optical lens surfaces directly with fingers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean optical surfaces only with appropriate lens cleaning tools and solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the microscope away from moisture, dust, and excessive heat sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eProtect the unit from strong impacts during transport and handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore in a dry, clean environment when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the HH-MH08A stereo microscope used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone setting, watch repair, electronics checking, and other close-range precision observation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it provide true stereo viewing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The binocular stereo optical system delivers genuine depth perception for natural three-dimensional observation of small objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I attach a camera to this microscope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is a pure optical stereo microscope. Camera connection requires additional adapters not included in the standard package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the magnification range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe continuous zoom range is 7X to 45X.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the stand included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The package includes both the HH-MH08A microscope head and the matching desktop post stand assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for inspecting large objects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. It is optimized for small-detail, close-range inspection and is not designed for large or wide-area objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55071141691691,"sku":"KH-HH-MH08A","price":559.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-mh08a-stereo-microscope-angled-view.webp?v=1787650983"},{"product_id":"tooltos-hh-ms06a-stereo-microscope-for-jewelry-inspection-7x-45x-zoom","title":"Tooltos HH-MS06A Jewelry Inspection Stereo Microscope 7X-45X","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-MS06A Jewelry Inspection Stereo Microscope is designed for detailed bench work including jewelry inspection, gemstone checking, watch repair, circuit board inspection, and small craft observation.With 7X-45X adjustable magnification and WF10X widefield eyepieces, it helps users view fine surface details clearly and work with greater accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe binocular stereo design provides a natural three-dimensional viewing experience, making it easier to observe depth, shape, texture, and small structural details. The 45-degree angled viewing head supports a more comfortable working posture during longer inspection or repair sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBuilt with a stable desktop stand, adjustable focus system, stage clips, and black stage plate, this microscope is suitable for professional workshops, jewelry benches, repair stations, electronics workspaces, and hobby craft use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e7X-45X Zoom Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable zoom range allows users to switch between wider observation and closer detail inspection, suitable for different small objects and repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Widefield Eyepieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe widefield WF10X eyepieces provide a clear, comfortable viewing area for precision work and extended inspection sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45-Degree Angled Viewing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe inclined viewing angle helps reduce neck and eye strain, making the microscope more comfortable for extended use at the bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e100mm Working Distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides enough space under the lens for tools, tweezers, rings, gemstones, watch parts, circuit boards, and other small items during active work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Desktop Stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe solid base and vertical support post keep the microscope steady during inspection, adjustment, and repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSmooth Focus Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eLarge focus knobs allow smooth height adjustment, helping users quickly bring small details into clear view without losing position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePractical Stage Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe black stage plate improves contrast when observing bright or reflective objects, while the stage clips help secure small samples during inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection and surface checking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting and diamond checking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing and bracelet detail inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch movement repair and assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCircuit board inspection and soldering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCoin and stamp observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eModel making and engraving inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall craft and hobby bench work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis microscope is not designed for biological or medical specimen observation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt does not include a built-in light source; external lighting is recommended for best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNot suitable for high-magnification scientific research requiring above 45X.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNot intended for outdoor or field use; designed for stable bench or desk environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-MS06A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X-45X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEyepiece\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100mm \/ 3.94in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e51 x 36 x 30cm \/ 20.08 x 14.17 x 11.81in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGross Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e6.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Stereo Microscope (HH-MS06A)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Any accessories, tools, or materials shown in lifestyle or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the microscope on a stable, flat surface and ensure the base is secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the object on the stage plate and secure it with the stage clips if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the eyepieces to a comfortable width for your eyes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect the desired zoom level using the zoom knob.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the focus knob slowly until the image becomes clear and sharp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust external lighting to reduce glare and improve surface contrast as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not point the microscope directly at strong light sources such as the sun or high-intensity lamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the lenses clean and free from dust; use a soft lens cloth for cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not disassemble the optical components; internal adjustment should be performed by qualified technicians only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore in a dry, dust-free environment to protect the optical surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this microscope come with a light source?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo, the HH-MS06A does not include a built-in light source. We recommend using an external ring light or adjustable desk lamp for best viewing results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this microscope for biological specimens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo, this is a stereo microscope designed for surface observation of solid objects. It is not suitable for biological slides or thin-section specimens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the magnification adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the zoom range is continuously adjustable from 7X to 45X, allowing you to switch between wide-area observation and close-up detail inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe working distance is 100mm, which provides enough clearance for tools, tweezers, and small workpieces during active bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55077761941803,"sku":"KH-HH-MS06A","price":629.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-ms06a-stereo-microscope-main-view.webp?v=1787754964"},{"product_id":"hh-g02-pneumatic-engraving-machine","title":"Tooltos HH-G02 Pneumatic Engraving Machine for Jewelry 45PSI Single Handpiece","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-G02 Pneumatic Engraving Machine is designed for jewelry engraving, stone setting, ring detailing, pendant carving, small metal polishing, and fine craft work. With 400–8000 RPM adjustable handpiece working speed and 0–45 PSI pressure regulation, it helps users achieve more stable control during detailed bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe pneumatic handpiece provides precise impact engraving performance, making it suitable for creating fine lines, decorative patterns, texturing, and detailed surface work on jewelry and small metal pieces. The foot pedal allows hands-free operation, helping users control the engraving rhythm while keeping both hands focused on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBuilt with a compact desktop body, top carry handle, front control panel, external air filter regulator, and practical accessory set, this engraving machine is suitable for jewelry studios, repair workshops, craft benches, stone setting workstations, and DIY jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e400–8000 RPM Adjustable Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable handpiece working speed allows users to control the engraving rhythm according to different materials, patterns, and detail requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e0–45 PSI Pressure Regulation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe air pressure can be adjusted from 0 to 45 PSI, helping provide stable airflow for engraving, stone setting, and fine surface work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePneumatic Handpiece Output\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe handpiece is suitable for jewelry engraving, ring detailing, pendant carving, stone setting assistance, and small metal craft work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFoot Pedal Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe foot pedal supports hands-free operation, allowing users to start and control work more conveniently while focusing on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eExternal Air Filter Regulator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe air filter regulator helps filter and regulate incoming air, supporting cleaner airflow and more stable machine performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Portable Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe compact body saves bench space, while the top carry handle makes the machine easier to move, store, or reposition in a workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePractical Control Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe front panel includes a power button, speed adjustment knob, pressure regulator, and handpiece connection port, making daily operation straightforward and easy to understand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing and pendant detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStone setting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall metal polishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFine craft carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair and modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDecorative pattern engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench work in jewelry studios and repair shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis machine requires an external air compressor for operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe air compressor is not included in the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is designed for fine engraving and small metal detail work, not heavy-duty cutting or drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is not suitable for wood cutting, masonry work, or large industrial metal processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe foot pedal hose should be connected to the air filter regulator side port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAccessories shown in lifestyle images are for demonstration only unless listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-G02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic Engraving Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e220V 50Hz \/ 110V 60Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandpiece Working Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e400–8000 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePressure Regulation Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–45 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e27 x 14 x 22.5 cm \/ 10.63 x 5.51 x 8.86 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e30 x 30 x 33 cm \/ 11.81 x 11.81 x 12.99 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7 kg \/ 15.43 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Engraving Machine HH-G02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Pneumatic Handpiece and Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Foot Pedal and Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x AC Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Plug Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Air Filter Regulator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Air Connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Spare Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Hex Key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Any jewelry, tools, workpieces, vises, or display props shown in lifestyle or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the engraving machine on a stable, flat workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the AC adapter and power cord to the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the handpiece hose to the front air port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the foot pedal hose to the air filter regulator side port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the machine to a compatible external air compressor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePress the power button to turn on the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the speed knob and air pressure regulator according to the workpiece and engraving task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the handpiece securely and press the foot pedal to begin engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust speed and pressure gradually during use for better control and smoother results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis machine is available in 110V (60Hz) and 220V (50Hz) versions. Please select the correct voltage option for your region before ordering. A plug adapter is included in the package. If you are unsure which voltage is standard in your country, please check with a local electrician before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use the machine on a stable, dry, and flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMake sure all hoses and connectors are securely attached before operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the recommended pressure range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands, loose clothing, and hair away from moving or vibrating parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during engraving or polishing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the machine in wet environments or near flammable materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the power and disconnect the air supply before cleaning, adjustment, or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this machine require an air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, this pneumatic engraving machine requires an external air compressor for operation. The air compressor is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this machine be used for jewelry engraving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, it is suitable for jewelry engraving, ring detailing, pendant carving, stone setting work, and small metal craft applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the working speed adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the handpiece working speed can be adjusted from 400 to 8000 RPM, allowing users to choose a suitable speed for different tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the pressure regulation range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe pressure regulation range is 0–45 PSI, which helps provide controlled airflow for detailed engraving work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for heavy-duty cutting or drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo, this machine is designed for fine engraving and small metal detail work. It is not intended for heavy-duty cutting, drilling, or large industrial processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the foot pedal included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the package includes a foot pedal and hose for hands-free operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":55083458920747,"sku":"KH-HH-G02-110","price":459.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":55083458953515,"sku":"KH-HH-G02-220","price":459.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-g02-jewelry-engraving-machine-detail-view_db593dd8-8a41-4d3d-b7ad-53057022b65f.webp?v=1787810465"},{"product_id":"tooltos-hh-g03-pneumatic-engraving-machine","title":"Tooltos HH-G03 Pneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine 60 PSI Dual Handpieces","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-G03 Pneumatic Engraving Machine is designed for jewelry engraving, stone setting assistance, ring detailing, pendant carving, bracelet decoration, small metal polishing, and fine craft work. With 400–8000 RPM adjustable handpiece working speed, 0–60 PSI foot control pressure range, and 0–30 PSI hand control pressure range, it helps users achieve more stable control during detailed bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe pneumatic handpieces provide precise impact engraving performance, making them suitable for creating fine lines, decorative patterns, textures, lettering, and detailed surface work on jewelry and small metal pieces. The foot pedal allows hands-free operation, helping users control the engraving rhythm while keeping both hands focused on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBuilt with a compact desktop body, front control panel, external air filter regulator, dual handpiece setup, and practical accessory set, this engraving machine is suitable for jewelry studios, repair workshops, craft benches, stone setting workstations, and DIY jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e400–8000 RPM Adjustable Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable handpiece working speed allows users to control the engraving rhythm according to different materials, patterns, and detail requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSeparate Hand and Foot Pressure Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe HH-G03 supports separate pressure regulation for different operation styles. The foot control pressure range is 0–60 PSI, while the hand control pressure range is 0–30 PSI, helping users achieve better control during detailed engraving work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eDual Pneumatic Handpieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe package includes two handpieces, making it convenient for different engraving needs, replacement use, or switching between work setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFoot Pedal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe foot pedal supports hands-free operation, allowing users to start and control work more conveniently while focusing on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eExternal Air Filter Regulator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe air filter regulator helps filter moisture and impurities from the incoming air, supporting cleaner airflow, more stable machine performance, and longer service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Desktop Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe compact machine body saves bench space and fits easily on jewelry workbenches, repair tables, and small studio workstations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePractical Control Panel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe front control panel includes pressure gauges, speed adjustment knob, hand\/foot control selector, pressure control knobs, power button, and handpiece connection ports, making daily operation more direct and easy to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing engraving and detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePendant carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStone setting assistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall metal polishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFine craft carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDecorative pattern engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNameplate and tag engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair and modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench work in jewelry studios and repair shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis machine requires an external air compressor for operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe air compressor is not included in the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is designed for fine engraving, detail work, and small metal surface work, not heavy-duty cutting or drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is not suitable for wood cutting, masonry work, thick metal plate cutting, or large industrial metal processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe external air filter regulator should be connected according to the machine's air input\/output ports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAccessories shown in lifestyle images are for demonstration only unless listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-G03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic Engraving Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e220V 50Hz \/ 110V 60Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandpiece Working Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e400–8000 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoot Control Pressure Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–60 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHand Control Pressure Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–30 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e29.2 × 15 × 20.6 cm \/ 11.5 × 5.9 × 8.1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e39 × 22 × 26 cm \/ 15.4 × 8.7 × 10.2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e11 kg \/ 24.3 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Engraving Machine HH-G03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 x Pneumatic Handpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 x Pneumatic Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Foot Pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Air Filter Regulator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Converter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Plug Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e6 x Touch Palm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e3 x Allen Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Any jewelry, tools, workpieces, vises, or display props shown in lifestyle or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the engraving machine on a stable, flat workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power cord and power converter to the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the external air filter regulator to the side of the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the pneumatic tube to the correct air port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the handpiece to the handpiece connection port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the foot pedal if foot control operation is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the machine to a compatible external air compressor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePress the power button to turn on the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the speed knob and pressure regulators according to the workpiece and engraving task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the handpiece securely and begin engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust speed and pressure gradually during use for better control and smoother results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the machine and disconnect the air supply after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis machine is available in 110V (60Hz) and 220V (50Hz) versions. Please select the correct voltage option for your region before ordering. A plug adapter may be included in the package. If you are unsure which voltage is standard in your country, please check with a local electrician before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use the machine on a stable, dry, and flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMake sure all hoses, connectors, and fittings are securely attached before operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the recommended pressure range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse a compatible external air compressor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands, loose clothing, and hair away from moving or vibrating parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during engraving or polishing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the machine in wet environments or near flammable materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the power and disconnect the air supply before cleaning, adjustment, or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this machine require an air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, this pneumatic engraving machine requires an external air compressor for operation. The air compressor is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this machine be used for jewelry engraving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, it is suitable for jewelry engraving, ring detailing, pendant carving, bracelet decoration, stone setting assistance, and small metal craft applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the working speed adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the handpiece working speed can be adjusted from 400 to 8000 RPM, allowing users to choose a suitable speed for different tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the pressure regulation range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe foot control pressure range is 0–60 PSI, and the hand control pressure range is 0–30 PSI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many handpieces are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe package includes 2 pneumatic handpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for heavy-duty cutting or drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo, this machine is designed for fine engraving and small metal detail work. It is not intended for heavy-duty cutting, drilling, or large industrial processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the foot pedal included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the package includes a foot pedal for hands-free operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":55159476519211,"sku":"KH-HH-G03-110","price":899.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":55159476551979,"sku":"KH-HH-G03-220","price":899.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-g03-jewelry-engraving-machine-main-view.webp?v=1788184387"},{"product_id":"hh-at02-jewelry-micromotor-engraving-machine-tooltos","title":"Tooltos HH-AT02 Jewelry Micromotor Engraving Machine 35000RPM with Foot Pedal","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-AT02 Jewelry Micromotor Engraving Machine is designed for jewelry engraving, ring detailing, pendant carving, gemstone setting assistance, and precision bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe integrated engraving system combines a high-speed micromotor handpiece with a complete accessory set, allowing users to create fine lines, decorative patterns, lettering, surface textures, and detailed modifications on jewelry and small metal pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included foot pedal enables hands-free speed control, helping you maintain better focus and smoother operation during bench work. With a compact 22 × 12 × 18 cm desktop design and practical front control panel, the HH-AT02 is suitable for jewelry studios, repair workshops, craft benches, and DIY jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e0–100% Adjustable Engraving Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe variable speed control allows you to select the exact working speed for different materials, engraving styles, and detail requirements — from slow, controlled passes for delicate work to faster speeds for surface finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eUp to 35,000 RPM Micromotor Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe high-speed micromotor handpiece provides efficient rotation for detailed jewelry work, helping you create precise lines, textures, and surface finishes on small metal pieces and jewelry components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFoot Pedal Speed Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included foot pedal allows hands-free speed adjustment while keeping both hands on the workpiece, improving working efficiency and comfort during extended engraving sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eQuick-Change Chuck System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe quick-change chuck system makes switching between different engraving accessories fast and convenient, reducing downtime when changing tools for different engraving tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eComplete Engraving Accessory Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe package includes a micromotor handpiece, pneumatic tube handle, graver set, quick-change chuck set, handpiece base, foot pedal, and power accessories — everything needed to start jewelry engraving work without purchasing basic accessories separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Desktop Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAt 22 × 12 × 18 cm, the HH-AT02 is designed to fit on jewelry benches, repair tables, and small studio workspaces without taking up excessive bench space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing engraving and detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePendant carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting assistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall metal surface finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDecorative pattern engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLettering and marking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair and modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFine craft carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench work in jewelry studios and repair workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis machine does not require an external air compressor for normal micromotor engraving operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is intended for precision engraving, surface detailing, and craft applications — not heavy-duty cutting or drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is not suitable for wood cutting, masonry processing, thick metal plate cutting, or industrial machining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect suitable engraving accessories according to the material and working requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAccessories shown in lifestyle images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included unless specifically listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-AT02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e160W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100–240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGraver Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–100% Adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMicromotor Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–35,000 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e22 × 12 × 18 cm \/ 8.66 × 4.72 × 7.09 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45.5 × 34 × 19 cm \/ 17.91 × 13.39 × 7.48 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e5 kg \/ 11.02 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x HH-AT02 Jewelry Engraving Machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Micromotor Handpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Pneumatic Tube Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Foot Pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Handpiece Base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Converter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Plug Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Quick Change Chuck Set (6 pcs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Graver Set (6 pcs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Graver Base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Allen Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 x Carbon Brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Jewelry, workpieces, tools, or display accessories shown in application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the engraving machine on a stable, dry, and flat workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power cord and power converter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the micromotor handpiece or selected engraving tool to the handpiece port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the required graver or accessory using the chuck system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the foot pedal if hands-free speed control is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn on the power switch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the engraving speed according to the material and working requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the handpiece securely and begin engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust speed gradually during operation for smoother results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the machine after work and clean the accessories before storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis machine supports 100–240V wide-voltage input and can be used in different regions with the appropriate plug adapter included in the package. Please confirm the voltage standard and plug type required in your area before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways operate the machine on a stable, dry, and flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during all engraving work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands, loose clothing, and hair away from rotating parts during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not touch moving accessories while the machine is running.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse suitable engraving tools and accessories for the material being worked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDisconnect power before replacing accessories or performing maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the machine away from water and excessive humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the machine and accessories safely when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the HH-AT02 require an air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. The HH-AT02 uses an integrated micromotor system and does not require an external air compressor for normal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials can this machine engrave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is suitable for jewelry metals including gold, silver, copper, brass, and other commonly used jewelry materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the engraving speed adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The machine supports 0–100% adjustable engraving speed, allowing you to select suitable settings for different applications and materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum micromotor speed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe micromotor speed can reach up to 35,000 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the foot pedal included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The package includes a foot pedal for hands-free speed control during engraving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it replace industrial cutting machines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This product is designed for precision engraving and detail work, not heavy-duty cutting, drilling, or industrial machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre all accessories shown in the images included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the accessories listed in the package contents are included. Other items shown in demonstration images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55273594716459,"sku":"KH-HH-AT02","price":799.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-at02-jewelry-tool-front-view.webp?v=1788243799"},{"product_id":"melting-bowl-and-jewelry-soldering-bench-set-tooltos","title":"Tooltos Goldsmith Melting Bowl and Soldering Bench Tool Set","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Jewelry Melting Bowl and Soldering Bench Set is designed for jewelry makers, goldsmiths, repair workshops, and DIY craftsmen who need essential tools for small-scale metal melting, soldering, and bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe set includes three ceramic melting bowls in different capacities — 100ml, 250ml, and 500ml — allowing users to select a suitable bowl size according to different material amounts and working requirements. The included metal bowl holder clamp provides stable support during heating and pouring, helping users handle hot materials more safely and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe kit also includes a square honeycomb soldering board, medium Swiss tweezer, and ceramic oil tray, providing practical accessories for jewelry soldering, repair, and detailed bench work. With this functional tool combination, this set is suitable for jewelry studios, goldsmith benches, repair shops, and hobby jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e3 Capacity Ceramic Melting Bowls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe set includes three ceramic melting bowls — 100ml, 250ml, and 500ml — providing flexibility for various melting tasks, from small jewelry projects to larger material preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSecure Melting Bowl Holder Clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe metal bowl holder is designed to securely hold round ceramic melting bowls during heating and pouring operations. The extended handle helps maintain a safer distance from heated materials while providing better control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSquare Honeycomb Soldering Board\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe honeycomb soldering board (138 × 98 × 13 mm \/ 5.43 × 3.86 × 0.51 in) provides a stable working surface for jewelry soldering, repair, and small metalworking tasks. The honeycomb surface design offers multiple support points for positioning small workpieces during soldering operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eMedium Swiss Tweezer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe medium Swiss tweezer is suitable for handling small jewelry components, metal pieces, and detailed work during jewelry repair and fabrication. The precision tip design helps improve control when positioning small parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCeramic Oil Tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe ceramic oil tray helps organize small tools and accessories during jewelry making and repair work, keeping the workbench cleaner and improving workflow efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry melting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry soldering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGoldsmith bench work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSilver and gold jewelry repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMetal crafting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall-scale metalworking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry workshop setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRepair bench applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is designed for jewelry melting, soldering, and small-scale bench work applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe ceramic melting bowls are intended for controlled melting tasks with suitable materials and heating equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe included tools are designed for jewelry and craft applications, not industrial-scale metal processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect suitable heating methods and operating procedures according to the material and working requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAccessories shown in lifestyle images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included unless specifically listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMelting Bowl Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100ml \/ 250ml \/ 500ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBowl Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCeramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHoneycomb Board Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e138 × 98 × 13 mm \/ 5.43 × 3.86 × 0.51 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Tools\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e3 Ceramic Melting Bowls, Bowl Holder Clamp, Swiss Tweezer, Ceramic Oil Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry Melting, Soldering, Repair and Bench Work\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x 100ml Ceramic Melting Bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x 250ml Ceramic Melting Bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x 500ml Ceramic Melting Bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Melting Bowl Holder Clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Square Honeycomb Soldering Board (138 × 98 × 13 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Medium Swiss Tweezer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Ceramic Oil Tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Jewelry, metals, heating equipment, and other display accessories shown in application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the honeycomb soldering board on a stable, heat-resistant workbench surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect the appropriate ceramic melting bowl according to the material quantity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the melting bowl securely into the bowl holder clamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePrepare the material to be melted and follow suitable heating procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the holder handle to assist with safe handling of the heated bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePour or transfer melted material carefully after reaching the required condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the Swiss tweezer for handling small components during detailed work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean and store all tools properly after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways operate on a stable, dry, and heat-resistant surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable protective equipment during heating and soldering operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not touch heated ceramic bowls or metal holders during or immediately after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAllow all tools to cool completely before cleaning or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse suitable heating equipment according to the material being processed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect tools before use and stop operation if any damage is found.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep tools away from children and flammable materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes of melting bowls are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe set includes three ceramic melting bowls: 100ml, 250ml, and 500ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the honeycomb soldering board size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included square honeycomb soldering board measures 138 × 98 × 13 mm (5.43 × 3.86 × 0.51 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the bowl holder be used with all included bowls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe holder is designed for the round ceramic melting bowls included in this set. Select the appropriate bowl size according to your working requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this kit mainly used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis set is designed for jewelry melting, soldering, repair work, and small-scale metal crafting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre heating equipment and metals included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. Only the items listed in the package contents are included. Heating equipment, metals, and other accessories shown in images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for professional jewelers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The set provides commonly used bench accessories suitable for jewelry studios, repair workshops, and experienced makers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Full Set","offer_id":55378476171563,"sku":"CK03464","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tweezer and Oil Tray","offer_id":55378476204331,"sku":"CK03188","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Melting Bowl Set","offer_id":55378476237099,"sku":"CF0304","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/jewelry-melting-soldering-set-overview.webp?v=1788257223"},{"product_id":"tooltos-110mm-jewelry-rolling-mill","title":"Tooltos 110mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill with 4 to 1 Gear Ratio","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos 110mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill is designed for jewelers, goldsmiths, metalworkers, and craft makers who need controlled manual metal forming for jewelry fabrication and small workshop projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith a 4 to 1 gear ratio, 110mm wide steel rollers, 55mm roller diameter, and an adjustable opening up to 4mm, this compact rolling mill helps prepare metal sheets and wires while maintaining steady hand control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAvailable in Black and Silver finishes, it fits jewelry benches, repair workshops, personal workbenches, and compact craft studios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e4 to 1 Gear Ratio\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe gear ratio provides efficient power transmission during manual operation, helping you apply consistent rolling force with less effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e110mm Wide Steel Rollers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 110mm working width provides a practical surface for jewelry sheet preparation and other small scale metal forming tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Roller Opening up to 4mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAdjust the roller gap according to the material thickness and project requirements for more controlled forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTwin Steel Rollers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe dual steel roller structure provides stable contact with compatible metal materials during sheet and wire preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eLeather Wrapped Crank Handle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe manual crank has a leather wrapped grip for a more comfortable operating experience during repeated rolling tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Benchtop Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe compact structure is suited to jewelry benches, repair workshops, and small workspaces, with a stable base for manual operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry metal sheet rolling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry wire preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGoldsmith and silversmith bench work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMetal thickness adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHandmade jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall scale metal forming and craft workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis is a manual jewelry rolling mill operated with a hand crank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is intended for compatible metals used in jewelry and craft applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eResults depend on the material type, hardness, thickness, roller setting, and operating method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt does not include an electric drive system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMaterials and accessories shown in application images are not included unless listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eGear Ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4 to 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e110 mm \/ 4.33 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e55 mm \/ 2.17 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMaximum Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4 mm \/ 0.16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e23 x 13.5 x 28 cm \/ 9.06 x 5.31 x 11.02 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e33 x 33 x 20 cm \/ 12.99 x 12.99 x 7.87 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e18.5 kg \/ 40.79 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eOperation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual hand crank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBlack and Silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Jewelry rolling mill machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Leather wrapped hand crank handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the items listed above are included. Metal materials, jewelry pieces, and other accessories shown in application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the rolling mill on a stable level workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the roller opening according to the material thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInsert the compatible metal sheet or wire between the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the hand crank slowly and evenly to pass the material through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCheck the result and adjust the roller gap if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean the rollers after use and store the machine properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the rolling mill on a stable work surface before operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands and loose clothing away from the roller gap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the recommended material thickness or force the crank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect the rollers and frame before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean metal residue from the rollers after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the product away from children and unauthorized users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this rolling mill used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for jewelry making, metal sheet forming, wire preparation, and small scale metalworking projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rolling mill electric or manual?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is a manual rolling mill operated with a hand crank. No motor or electrical power is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum roller opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe maximum roller opening is 4mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the roller width?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe roller width is 110mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe rolling mill is available in Black and Silver finishes. Both versions have the same specifications and functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIts compact design and manual operation make it suitable for beginners, hobby jewelry makers, and experienced jewelers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":55404149440811,"sku":"KH-HH-RM01B","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":55515315896619,"sku":"KH-HH-RM01D","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-rm01-jewelry-rolling-mill-suitable-not-suitable.webp?v=1788406960"},{"product_id":"g6-bead-threading-machine","title":"Tooltos G6 Bead Threading Machine | 6-Channel Bead Stringing Tool","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAbout This Bead Threading Machine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos G6 Bead Threading Machine helps jewelry makers organize, reposition, and thread loose beads more efficiently. Six rotating channels keep beads moving while you manually guide the included threading needle through suitable bead holes. It is designed for bracelet and necklace making, jewelry workshops, craft studios, and small-scale handmade production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe G6 supports beads approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1.5–17 mm \/ 0.06–0.67 in\u003c\/strong\u003e and has adjustable speed with forward and reverse rotation. Its compact desktop format fits comfortably on a jewelry bench or craft table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Selling Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix rotating bead channels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides multiple paths for moving and organizing loose beads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBead hole positioning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuous movement helps bring suitable bead holes into a more workable position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose a slower setting for smaller or more delicate beads and a faster setting when appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward and reverse rotation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Change the movement direction according to your working position and bead type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength fixer included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps support more consistent stringing length during bracelet and necklace work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact desktop design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measures 21 × 15 × 6 cm \/ 8.27 × 5.91 × 2.36 in for small workspaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fff3cd; border-left: 4px solid #e6a817; padding: 12px 16px; margin: 16px 0; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant function note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The G6 assists with bead movement and positioning. It does not automatically push the needle through the beads. The user manually guides the included threading needle.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin: 1.5rem 0 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee the G6 in use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; width: 100%; max-width: 720px; padding-bottom: 56.25%; margin: 0 auto 1.5rem; overflow: hidden;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kOfjdidcc7A\" title=\"G6 Bead Threading Machine demonstration\" loading=\"lazy\" allowfullscreen style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%; border: 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBest For and Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBracelet and necklace making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFully automatic needle threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRound, smooth, relatively uniform beads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBeads that cannot rotate freely in the channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry makers, craft studios, and small workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBeads outside the recommended 1.5–17 mm range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSmall-scale handmade jewelry production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHeavy industrial production lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eG6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eNumber of Channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eBead Size Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1.5–17 mm \/ 0.06–0.67 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e5V DC via USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eForward and reverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMachine Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e21 × 15 × 6 cm \/ 8.27 × 5.91 × 2.36 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1.7 kg \/ 3.75 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePortable desktop type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips and Safe Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse round, smooth beads with centered, open holes for the most consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStart at a lower speed when working with small or delicate beads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not force beads into the channels if they cannot move freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers, hair, loose clothing, and other objects away from moving channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDisconnect the USB power before cleaning or maintenance, and stop use if unusual noise or vibration occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x G6 Bead Threading Machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Length Fixer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Threading Needle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x USB 5V Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBeads, jewelry materials, thread, and other accessories shown in application images are not included unless listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size beads can the G6 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe recommended range is approximately 1.5–17 mm \/ 0.06–0.67 in. Suitability also depends on bead shape, hole position, hole size, and whether the bead can rotate freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the machine automatically thread beads onto the needle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. The machine assists with bead movement and positioning. The user manually guides the included threading needle through the bead holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many channels does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe G6 has 6 rotating bead channels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the speed and direction be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The machine has adjustable speed and forward or reverse rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat beads work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eRound, smooth, relatively uniform beads with centered and unobstructed holes generally work best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the machine size, power and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe machine measures 21 × 15 × 6 cm \/ 8.27 × 5.91 × 2.36 in, weighs approximately 1.7 kg \/ 3.75 lb, and uses 5V DC USB power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about bead compatibility, setup, operation, or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55440640868651,"sku":"TB-1688","price":299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/g6-jewelry-tool-main-view_1.webp?v=1788748049"},{"product_id":"tooltos-130mm-jewelry-rolling-mill","title":"Tooltos 130mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill with 4 to 1 Gear Ratio","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTooltos 130mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill with 4 to 1 Gear Ratio\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos 130mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill is designed for jewelers, goldsmiths, metal artists, and professional craftspeople who need controlled metal forming for jewelry fabrication and small workshop projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith a 4 to 1 gear ratio, 130mm wide steel rollers, 65mm roller diameter, and a manually adjustable opening from 0.1mm to 4.5mm, this rolling mill helps you flatten sheets, prepare strips, and adjust metal thickness with steady hand control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eChoose the Black or Silver finish to match your workspace. Both color options share the same rolling structure and specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e4 to 1 Gear Ratio\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe gear system provides mechanical advantage during manual operation, helping you apply steady pressure while feeding material through the rollers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e130mm Wide Steel Rollers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 130mm working width gives you room to prepare jewelry sheets and flat strips while maintaining consistent contact across the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e65mm Roller Diameter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 65mm steel rollers provide a stable rolling surface for repeated jewelry making and small scale metalworking tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Roller Opening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAdjust the opening from 0.1mm to 4.5mm to control the thickness of sheets, strips, and other flat metal components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eLeather Wrapped Hand Crank\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe manual crank has a leather wrapped grip for comfortable handling and controlled material feeding during bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Benchtop Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe compact solid metal frame is suited to jewelry benches and workshop environments, providing a stable setup without taking up unnecessary workspace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry sheet preparation and metal thickness reduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGoldsmith and silversmith fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCopper and brass forming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet and pendant strip preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHandmade jewelry projects and repair workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall metalworking studios and craft applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis rolling mill is designed for manual metal forming and jewelry fabrication. It is not intended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectric or motorized operation because this is a manual hand crank model\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeavy industrial or high volume production use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWire drawing or patterned rolling without suitable accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eProcessing extremely hard or oversized metal stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eGear Ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4 to 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e130 mm \/ 5.12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e65 mm \/ 2.56 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.1 to 4.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e30 x 12.5 x 29.5 cm \/ 11.81 x 4.92 x 11.61 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e34 x 33.5 x 20 cm \/ 13.39 x 13.19 x 7.87 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e23 kg \/ 50.71 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eOperation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual hand crank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBlack and Silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Tooltos 130mm manual jewelry rolling mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 leather wrapped hand crank handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the items listed above are included. Metal materials, jewelry pieces, and other accessories shown in product images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the rolling mill on a stable level workbench and secure it if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the roller opening to match the desired starting thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInsert the metal sheet or strip between the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the crank handle smoothly to feed the material through the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRe adjust the roller opening and repeat as needed to reach the target thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean the roller surfaces and store the mill properly after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways place the rolling mill on a stable vibration free workbench before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers clear of the roller opening during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the maximum roller opening or force oversized materials through the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect the equipment for damage before each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the roller surfaces clean and lightly lubricated to maintain smooth operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the mill in a dry clean environment when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can this jewelry rolling mill be used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for flattening metal sheets, preparing strips, and adjusting metal thickness during jewelry fabrication and small scale metalworking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rolling mill electric?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This is a manual hand crank model and does not require electrical power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the roller opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe roller opening adjusts from 0.1mm to 4.5mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the roller width?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe roller width is 130mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe rolling mill is available in Black and Silver. Both versions have the same specifications and functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat metals can be rolled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is intended for common jewelry and craft metals such as gold, silver, copper, and brass, depending on the material hardness and thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":55514553450795,"sku":"KH-HH-RM02B","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":55514553483563,"sku":"KH-HH-RM02D","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/manual-jewelry-rolling-mill-black-front-view_7be8348a-fb9d-4130-a2fc-17ebaedec5bc.webp?v=1789008541"},{"product_id":"digital-stereo-microscope-articulating-arm-display","title":"Tooltos Digital Jewelry Stereo Microscope 7X-45X with 10.1 Inch Display","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Digital Jewelry Stereo Microscope is designed for jewelers, goldsmiths, watchmakers, and precision technicians who need flexible magnification and a larger digital viewing display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith 7X to 45X continuous magnification, WF10X eyepieces, a 0.5X objective lens, and a 10.1 inch digital display, this stereo microscope provides a comfortable way to examine fine details, surface conditions, gemstones, small components, and repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable articulating arm gives you flexible positioning and open workspace beneath the lens. Set the viewing height and angle around each project, then keep the microscope stable with the clamp mounting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e7X to 45X Continuous Stereo Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe continuous zoom range lets you move from broader inspection to close detail without changing the microscope setup. The stereo optical system supports three dimensional observation for evaluating depth, shape, texture, and surface condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e10.1 Inch Digital Display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe built in display provides a larger viewing area than eyepiece only observation. It is useful during detailed jewelry work, inspection, repair, and precision assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Eyepieces and 0.5X Objective Lens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe WF10X wide field eyepieces and 0.5X objective lens provide a clear optical configuration for close inspection. The extended working distance with the 0.5X lens creates more room for practical bench operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45 Degree Viewing Angle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 45 degree viewing angle supports a more natural observation position and can help make extended inspection tasks more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFlexible Articulating Arm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAdjust the microscope head for different workpiece sizes, viewing positions, and bench layouts. The open area beneath the lens is suitable for jewelry repair, stone setting, engraving, and other precision operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Clamp Mounting System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe clamp style mounting base provides a secure installation method for a workbench or inspection station. A stable setup helps keep the microscope positioned while you handle small parts and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis digital stereo microscope is suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection and repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone and diamond examination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStone setting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronic component and circuit board inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePrecision metalwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eEngraving and carving inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall craft and hobby projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLaboratory and workshop observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis microscope is designed for detailed surface inspection and precision bench work. It is not intended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLarge object observation beyond the working distance range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHigh speed industrial production inspection systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBiological laboratory research requiring compound microscopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMedical diagnosis or clinical applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeavy duty industrial measurement equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDigital Stereo Microscope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMagnification Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X to 45X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eEyepieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eObjective Lens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.5X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100 mm standard or 165 mm with the 0.5X lens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e10.1 inch digital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMount Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eArticulating arm clamp stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eOperation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e480 x 500 x 240 mm \/ 18.90 x 19.69 x 9.45 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eGross Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e10 kg \/ 22.05 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePrimary Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry inspection and precision work\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Digital stereo microscope head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 10.1 inch display screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Articulating arm stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Clamp mount base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Power adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 User manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the items listed above are included. Jewelry pieces, gemstones, electronic components, and other accessories shown in application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure the clamp base to a stable workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAttach the articulating arm and adjust its position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the microscope head and display screen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power supply and turn on the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the workpiece under the lens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust magnification and focus for the observation task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSet the arm angle and working height for a comfortable position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the microscope on a stable work surface before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAvoid touching optical surfaces directly with your fingers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the equipment away from moisture and excessive dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not force the articulating arm beyond its adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the power when the microscope is not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the equipment in a clean and dry environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this microscope mainly used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone checking, watch repair, electronics inspection, and other precision bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the magnification range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe continuous magnification range is 7X to 45X.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a display screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. A 10.1 inch digital display is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe standard working distance is 100 mm, or 165 mm when using the 0.5X objective lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for jewelry setting work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The flexible articulating arm leaves working space under the lens for jewelry repair and stone setting tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a biological microscope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. It is a stereo inspection microscope for surface observation and precision bench work rather than biological research.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55536756162859,"sku":"KH-HH-MH01B","price":899.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/jewelry-stereo-microscope-boom-arm-side-view.webp?v=1789111494"},{"product_id":"20pcs-ring-sizing-and-adjustment-tool-kit","title":"Tooltos 20 Piece Ring Sizer Kit with Mandrel, Mallet and Adjusters","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos 20 Piece Ring Sizer Kit combines practical tools for measuring ring sizes, gentle reshaping, polishing, and improving the fit of slightly loose rings.The set includes ring sizers, measuring tapes, mandrels, a rubber mallet, ring clamp, agate burnisher, polishing accessories, and clear ring adjusters for jewelry making and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eUse the sizing tools to check a finger or an existing ring, use the metal mandrel and rubber mallet for gentle reshaping, then finish suitable surfaces with the burnisher and polishing accessories. Clear ring adjusters can help reduce excess space when a ring feels slightly loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eMultiple Ring Sizing Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eTry different sizes with the black plastic ring sizer set, or measure a finger with either the white or black measuring tape with magnifier. The two tapes provide the same basic measuring function in different colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eExisting Ring Size Checking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSlide an existing ring onto the black US size plastic ring mandrel to check its approximate size quickly and conveniently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eGentle Ring Reshaping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSupport a slightly misshapen ring on the smooth metal mandrel and use the rubber mallet for controlled, gentle taps. The mallet helps reduce direct metal to metal contact during adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFinishing and Polishing Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 7 cm agate burnisher, two polishing sticks, and blue and green polishing cloths support light surface finishing and cleaning work on suitable jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eClear Ring Fit Adjusters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003ePlace a clear ring adjuster inside the lower part of a ring band to help reduce excess space when a ring feels slightly loose. The transparent, low profile design is intended to remain discreet during wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMeasuring finger and ring sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChecking the approximate size of an existing ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBasic ring reshaping and rounding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLight jewelry cleaning and polishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjusting the fit of a slightly loose ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry making, repair benches, and DIY maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe black plastic mandrel is mainly for checking ring size. It is not the primary tool for reshaping rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe metal mandrel is mainly for ring support and reshaping, not precise size measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe white and black measuring tapes perform the same basic function, so use one at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eResults can vary with ring material, construction, thickness, and shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSet type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRing sizing and adjustment tool kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eTotal pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePlastic ring mandrel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eUS size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAgate burnisher length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRing adjusters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e8 clear adjusters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMeasuring tapes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e2 tapes with magnifiers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × US size plastic ring mandrel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × metal ring mandrel with top hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × black plastic ring sizer set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × rubber mallet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × plastic ring clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × 7 cm agate burnisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × white measuring tape with magnifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × black measuring tape with magnifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × blue polishing cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × green polishing cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 × polishing sticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e8 × clear ring adjusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage disclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Please confirm the package contents upon arrival. Product accessories may be updated by the supplier, and the actual items received take precedence over the list above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMeasure a finger with either measuring tape, or try sizes with the black plastic ring sizer set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSlide an existing ring onto the black plastic mandrel to check its approximate size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace a slightly misshapen ring on the metal mandrel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTap gently with the rubber mallet to help restore the ring's round shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the burnisher, polishing sticks, and polishing cloths for suitable finishing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall a clear ring adjuster inside a slightly loose ring to help improve its fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse gentle pressure and controlled taps. Do not strike a ring forcefully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse extra caution with delicate gemstone rings, hollow rings, plated jewelry, very thin rings, or unusual shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTest polishing on a discreet area when the ring material or finish is unknown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep small parts and polishing accessories away from children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection when performing repeated adjustment or finishing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan this kit measure ring size?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. Use the ring sizer set or either measuring tape to help determine a finger size, and use the black plastic mandrel to check the approximate size of an existing ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan this kit resize a ring automatically?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. The tools support basic measuring, gentle reshaping, and fit adjustment. They do not provide automatic resizing or replace professional jewelry services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAre the two measuring tapes different in function?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. The white and black tapes provide the same basic function in different colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHow can I make a loose ring fit more securely?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eInstall one of the clear ring adjusters along the lower inner side of the ring band. This can help reduce excess space when the ring is only slightly loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions or support, contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55561865167147,"sku":"CK03353","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ring-adjuster-tools-flat-lay.webp?v=1789438895"},{"product_id":"6pcs-ring-sizing-and-measuring-tool-set","title":"Tooltos 6 Piece Ring Sizer and Measuring Tool Set with Mandrel","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos 6 Piece Ring Sizer and Measuring Tool Set provides practical tools for checking finger size, comparing half sizes, and measuring existing rings. It combines flexible finger measuring tools with durable alloy sizing tools for more convenient, repeatable checks at the jewelry bench, in a craft studio or when confirming a ring order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eUse the black or white US size measuring tape with magnifier, or choose the slim measuring band when you want to compare half size references. The alloy ring sizer set helps you try nearby sizes directly on the finger, while the alloy ring mandrel helps you check an existing ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWhether you are preparing a custom ring, helping a customer confirm a size or checking a piece at your repair bench, this compact set keeps several useful measuring methods within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eMultiple Ring Measuring Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith four finger measuring tools, one alloy ring mandrel and one alloy ring sizer set, this kit gives jewelry professionals and hobbyists several ways to cross check a measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAlloy Ring Sizer Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eTry different ring sizes directly on the finger to compare fit and comfort before selecting a size for an order, repair or custom jewelry project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eRing Mandrel for Existing Rings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSlide an existing ring onto the tapered alloy mandrel and read the corresponding size marking to check its approximate ring size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHalf Size Measuring Bands\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe slim measuring bands use half size increments, helping you compare nearby sizes when a whole size does not provide the fit you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eMagnifier Measuring Tapes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe black and white US size measuring tapes include magnifiers to make the size markings easier to read and handle during finger measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChecking finger size before ordering a ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eComparing whole and half size references\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChecking the approximate size of an existing ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCustom jewelry making and ring design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair and resizing work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry stores and online jewelry sellers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCraft studios and DIY jewelry projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis set is for ring size measurement and comparison. It does not resize, stretch or reduce rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe alloy ring mandrel provides an approximate size reference for existing rings. It is not a precision calibration instrument.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFinger size can vary with temperature, time of day and swelling. Compare more than one measurement when a size is uncertain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe black and white versions of the measuring tools perform the same basic function and do not need to be used together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSet Contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSix pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSizing Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eUS ring sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eFinger Measuring Tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eTwo measuring tapes with magnifiers and two half size measuring bands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eRing Checking Tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAlloy ring mandrel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDirect Fit Tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAlloy ring sizer set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eColor Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBlack and white measuring tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAlloy mandrel and alloy ring sizer set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Black US size measuring tape with magnifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x White US size measuring tape with magnifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Black half size ring measuring band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x White half size ring measuring band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Alloy ring mandrel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Alloy ring sizer set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Rings, jewelry pieces and other display items shown in product or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHow to Measure Ring Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChoose a measuring method based on whether you are checking a finger or an existing ring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFor finger measurement, wrap a measuring tape or place a measuring band around the intended finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the tool comfortably snug without pressing tightly into the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRead the US size marking and note whether the result falls near a half size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the alloy ring sizer set to compare nearby sizes directly on the finger when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFor an existing ring, slide it gently onto the alloy mandrel and read the nearest size marking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRepeat the measurement at a different time if the result does not feel consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not force a measuring band or ring sizer onto a swollen or painful finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRemove metal measuring tools if discomfort, numbness or discoloration occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHandle the alloy mandrel carefully and keep it away from children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the tools clean and dry between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse a qualified jeweler for final sizing decisions on valuable or highly customized rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizing system does this set use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe measuring tools are intended for checking US ring sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this set measure half sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The slim measuring bands use half size increments for comparing nearby sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the set resize a ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. These are measuring and checking tools only. They do not stretch, reduce or otherwise resize rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I check an existing ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSlide the ring gently onto the alloy mandrel until it rests naturally, then read the nearest size marking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy should I measure more than once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFinger size may change with temperature, time of day and swelling. Repeating the measurement can help identify a more consistent reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55564224987435,"sku":"CK01237","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ring-measurement-tools-flat-lay.webp?v=1789454521"},{"product_id":"6pcs-cuff-bracelet-forming-and-shaping-kit","title":"Cuff Bracelet Forming and Shaping Tool Set 6 Piece","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos 6 Piece Cuff Bracelet Forming and Shaping Tool Set gives jewelry makers a practical starting point for turning flat bracelet blanks into open cuff bracelets. The kit combines a bracelet bending tool, stainless steel G type pliers with large plastic jaws, and four bracelet blanks in three sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eUse the bracelet bending tool to create the main curve, then use the plastic jaw pliers for gentle local adjustments to the bracelet curve and opening. With one small blank, one medium blank, and two large blanks included, you can test different proportions before moving on to stamping, engraving, texturing, polishing, or other surface finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFrom a first DIY cuff bracelet to a more personalized jewelry project, this compact kit keeps the basic forming tools and blank pieces together at the bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eComplete Cuff Bracelet Making Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe set combines the main forming tool, adjustment pliers, and bracelet blanks needed for basic cuff bracelet shaping in one convenient kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBracelet Bending Tool\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included bending tool helps form a flat bracelet blank into an initial curved shape. Work gradually to establish a smoother cuff profile rather than trying to complete the entire curve in one movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eLarge Plastic Jaw Pliers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe stainless steel G type pliers have large white plastic jaws for broader contact with the bracelet surface. They are suited to gentle local adjustments after the main curve has been formed and can help reduce direct metal to metal contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eThree Bracelet Blank Sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe kit includes one small blank, one medium blank, and two large blanks. The different sizes give you more flexibility for bracelet proportions, wrist fits, and custom cuff designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSmooth Rounded Ends\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe bracelet blanks have smooth rounded ends for a cleaner cuff style and a comfortable base for additional decoration or finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eReady for Customization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAfter forming, the bracelet blanks can be further customized with stamping, engraving, texturing, polishing, or other decorative surface finishing suited to your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCuff bracelet making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet blank forming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBasic bracelet curve shaping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet opening adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry practice and craft projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePersonalized bracelet designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStamping and engraving projects after forming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the bracelet bending tool for the main forming process. The plastic jaw pliers are intended for fine adjustments to the curve and opening, not for forming the entire bracelet from a flat blank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis is a manual jewelry forming kit. It is not designed for cutting metal, cutting wire, industrial fabrication, or heavy duty forging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe kit is intended for gradual shaping of suitable bracelet blanks. Results depend on the material, thickness, and condition of the blank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlastic jaws can help reduce surface marks, but they do not guarantee a mark free finish on every surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSet Contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSix pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMain Forming Tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBracelet bending tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eAdjustment Tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStainless steel G type pliers with large plastic jaws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eBracelet Blanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFour blanks in three sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eBlank Size Mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eOne small, one medium, and two large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eBlank End Shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSmooth rounded ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Stainless steel G type pliers with large plastic jaws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Bracelet bending tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Small bracelet blank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Medium bracelet blank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 x Large bracelet blanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Any additional jewelry, blanks, tools, workpieces, or display props shown in product or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChoose a bracelet blank based on the size and style of cuff you want to make.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the blank into the bracelet bending tool and begin forming the main curve gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCheck the curve regularly instead of applying one large bend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the G type pliers with plastic jaws to make small local adjustments to the curve or opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCheck the finished shape and opening for the intended bracelet design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eContinue with suitable stamping, engraving, texturing, polishing, or decorative finishing if required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection when forming or adjusting bracelet blanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse gradual pressure and controlled movements. Do not apply sudden excessive force.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers clear of pinch points between the plier jaws, bending tool, and bracelet blank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect the blank and tools before use, especially around edges and contact areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the tools away from children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTest your forming method on a suitable blank before working on a valuable or finished piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 17px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this bracelet tool set used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is used to form flat bracelet blanks into open cuff bracelets and make gentle adjustments to the curve and opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the pliers form the entire bracelet from a flat blank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe bracelet bending tool should be used for the main curve. The plastic jaw pliers are better suited for fine adjustments after the primary shape has been formed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bracelet blanks are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFour blanks are included: one small, one medium, and two large.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blanks be customized after shaping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. After forming, the blanks can be used for suitable stamping, engraving, texturing, polishing, or decorative surface finishing projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this kit suitable for cutting metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This kit is intended for forming and gentle adjustment, not metal cutting, wire cutting, heavy duty forging, or industrial fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55572316258603,"sku":"CK02288","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/cuff-bracelet-making-tools-flat-lay.webp?v=1789461762"},{"product_id":"jewelry-stereo-microscope-boom-stand","title":"Tooltos Jewelry Stereo Microscope with Articulating Boom Stand 7X to 45X","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size: 24px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTooltos Jewelry Stereo Microscope with Articulating Boom Stand 7X to 45X\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBring a clearer, more comfortable view to detailed bench work with this Tooltos stereo microscope. Its continuous 7X to 45X magnification, binocular viewing, and flexible articulating boom stand are designed for jewelers, goldsmiths, watchmakers, electronics technicians, repair professionals, and serious makers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe stereo optical system helps you see depth, shape, texture, and surface details in three dimensions. The 0.5X lens provides approximately 165 mm \/ 6.5 in of working distance, leaving useful room beneath the microscope for hands, tools, jewelry pieces, and small components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eContinuous 7X to 45X Stereo Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eMove smoothly from broader inspection to close detail without changing the microscope setup. Stereo viewing makes it easier to judge depth, form, texture, and surface condition during inspection, repair, setting, and precision work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Wide Field Eyepieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe wide field eyepieces support a comfortable view of jewelry, gemstones, watches, electronic components, and other small workpieces. The binocular design lets both eyes observe the workpiece at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e0.5X Lens for More Working Room\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included 0.5X lens increases the working distance to approximately 165 mm \/ 6.5 in. This gives your hands and tools more room beneath the microscope for stone setting, jewelry repair, engraving, carving, and other detailed operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45 Degree Inclined Viewing Head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe inclined binocular viewing head creates a more natural observation position for bench work and can help reduce the need to lean directly over the microscope during longer inspection or repair sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFlexible Articulating Boom Stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003ePosition the microscope head according to the workpiece, viewing angle, and workbench layout. The open area beneath the boom is especially useful for jewelry inspection, stone setting, engraving, repair, and other precision operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Bench Clamp Mount\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe clamp style base attaches to the edge of a compatible workbench or inspection station. Its sturdy structure supports the vertical post and articulating arm while keeping the main desktop area available for tools and workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection and repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone and diamond examination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStone setting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronic component and circuit board inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePrecision metalwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eEngraving and carving inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall parts, craft, hobby, and workshop observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis stereo microscope is designed primarily for close range surface observation, inspection, repair, and precision bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is not intended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLarge object or long distance observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBiological research requiring a compound microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMedical diagnosis or clinical applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeavy duty industrial dimensional measurement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHigh speed automated production inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eOutdoor wildlife observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMagnification Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X to 45X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eEyepieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eLens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.5X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStandard Working Distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApproximately 100 mm \/ 3.9 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWorking Distance with 0.5X Lens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApproximately 165 mm \/ 6.5 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStand Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eArticulating Boom Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMount Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBench Clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Stereo Microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Articulating Boom Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the microscope and stand are included. Jewelry, gemstones, tools, workbenches, electronic components, and other items shown in application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure the clamp base to the edge of a stable and compatible workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMake sure the clamp is fully tightened before adjusting the microscope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the articulating boom arm at a suitable height and angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the workpiece beneath the microscope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLook through the eyepieces and adjust the focus until the image is clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the magnification between 7X and 45X according to the inspection task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the 0.5X lens when additional working distance is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eReposition the boom arm as needed and make sure all locking points are secure before continuing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the microscope on a strong and stable workbench before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFully tighten the clamp base before positioning the boom arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCheck all locking knobs before placing the microscope into the working position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSupport the microscope and arm when making major position adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not force the articulating arm beyond its normal adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAvoid touching optical surfaces directly with your fingers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the microscope away from moisture, excessive dust, and corrosive materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean optical components only with suitable lens cleaning materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the microscope in a clean and dry environment when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this microscope mainly used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone examination, stone setting, watch repair, electronics inspection, engraving, and other precision bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the magnification range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe microscope provides continuous magnification from 7X to 45X.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a display screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This is an optical stereo microscope designed for direct binocular viewing through the eyepieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe standard working distance is approximately 100 mm \/ 3.9 in, or about 165 mm \/ 6.5 in when using the 0.5X lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for jewelry stone setting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The articulating boom arm and extended working distance provide open workspace beneath the microscope for stone setting, jewelry repair, engraving, and other detailed bench operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55633054662955,"sku":"KH-HH-MH01A","price":459.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/jewelry-stereo-microscope-boom-arm-side-view_7c6d2421-dbf2-45e2-99a3-08efbfb724bd.webp?v=1789625906"},{"product_id":"tooltos-ring-bracelet-sizing-kit","title":"Tooltos Ring Sizer Kit Bracelet Measuring Tool Ring Adjusters","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTooltos Ring and Bracelet Sizing Adjustment Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eMake jewelry sizing, fit adjustment, and everyday care easier with this Tooltos ring and bracelet sizing adjustment kit. It brings measurement tools, temporary loose ring fit accessories, and a jewelry polishing cloth together for convenient use at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eUse the US and UK alloy ring mandrel to check existing rings, the ring size measuring belts to measure a finger, and the bracelet measuring cone to reference bracelet circumference. Clear adjuster pads and transparent coils help reduce movement in slightly loose rings, while the blue polishing cloth helps remove everyday fingerprints and residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWhether you are preparing for a ring purchase, organizing a jewelry collection, or handling simple maintenance, this practical set keeps common sizing and care tasks in one place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eMultiple Ring and Bracelet Sizing Methods\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eCheck ring sizes with the alloy mandrel or measuring belts, and use the bracelet measuring cone as a convenient reference for bracelet circumference from approximately 5 to 9 inches or 12.7 to 22.8 centimeters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eUS and UK Alloy Ring Mandrel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe marked alloy mandrel helps you check and compare the size of an existing ring before purchasing or arranging professional adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTemporary Loose Ring Fit Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eClear pads and transparent adjustment coils can be placed inside a ring or around the band to reduce excess movement and improve comfort without permanently changing the jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eDiscreet Clear Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe clear adjustment pieces are designed to remain visually discreet with many ring styles and are useful when finger size changes with temperature or daily conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eJewelry Cleaning Cloth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included blue polishing cloth helps clean fingerprints, dust, and everyday residue from suitable jewelry surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePractical Home Jewelry Care Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eCombine sizing, temporary fit adjustment, bracelet reference, and basic cleaning in one compact set for jewelry owners, hobbyists, collectors, and DIY care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChecking an existing ring size at home\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMeasuring a finger before purchasing a ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eReferencing bracelet circumference\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eReducing movement in a slightly loose ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCleaning and maintaining suitable jewelry surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry care and collection organization\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis set is intended for jewelry measurement, minor temporary fit adjustment, and everyday maintenance. It is not a permanent resizing system and is not designed for cutting, bending, reshaping, soldering, welding, or repairing broken jewelry structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry ring and bracelet sizing adjustment kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRing Mandrel\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eUS and UK alloy ring mandrel\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRing Measuring Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRing mandrel and ring size measuring belts\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBracelet Measuring Tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBracelet measuring cone\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBracelet Reference Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApproximately 5 to 9 inches or 12.7 to 22.8 centimeters\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAdjustment Accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eClear ring adjuster pads and transparent adjustment coils\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCleaning Accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBlue jewelry polishing cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eElectrical Requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eNone, manual tools with no voltage or plug requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 US and UK alloy ring mandrel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 bracelet measuring cone\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 ring size measuring belts\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e8 clear ring adjuster pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e4 transparent ring adjustment coils\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 blue jewelry polishing cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any bracelet shown in application images is for demonstration only and is not included. Only the tools and accessories listed above are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWrap a ring size measuring belt around your finger and adjust it comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRead the indicated size and compare it with the ring size you need.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace an existing ring on the alloy mandrel to check its size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the bracelet measuring cone as a bracelet size reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall a suitable clear pad or transparent coil if a ring feels slightly loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGently clean suitable jewelry surfaces with the blue polishing cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is a manual jewelry care kit. It does not require electricity, voltage, batteries, or a plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConfirm the required size before making any permanent jewelry modification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use this kit to cut, bend, reshape, solder, or weld metal jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep small adjustment accessories away from children and pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not overstretch transparent adjustment accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean delicate jewelry only according to the care guidance for that material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the tools in a clean and dry place when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this kit mainly used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for ring size checking, bracelet size reference, temporary adjustment of slightly loose rings, and basic jewelry cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it permanently resize rings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. The included pads and coils provide temporary fit adjustment. Permanent resizing should be handled by a professional jeweler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bracelet sizes can the cone reference?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe reference range is approximately 5 to 9 inches or 12.7 to 22.8 centimeters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the kit include a bracelet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. Any bracelet shown in demonstration images is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this kit repair broken jewelry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. It is intended for measurement and basic maintenance, not structural jewelry repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat markings are on the alloy mandrel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe mandrel has US and UK size markings for checking existing rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55640668930347,"sku":"CK02543","price":29.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-ring-bracelet-sizing-adjustment-kit.webp?v=1789716289"},{"product_id":"hand-stamping-punch-set-jewelry-leather","title":"Tooltos 20 Piece Metal Stamping Punch Set for Jewelry and Leather","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eGive jewelry blanks, tags, soft metal pieces, and suitable leather a simple handmade finish with this 20 piece hand stamping punch set. The assorted tips help create dots, lines, curves, geometric marks, and light surface textures for small craft projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThese are manual tools. Place the workpiece on a solid bench block, position a punch, and strike it with a hammer using controlled force. The iron punch bodies may have a protective oil coating to help reduce rust during storage and shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTwenty Assorted Punches\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eChoose from 20 punch tips for different basic marking and texture effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSimple Decorative Results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eCreate dot patterns, straight lines, angled lines, shallow curves, simple geometric impressions, and fan or radial textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eMade for Hand Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eUse the punches with a hammer and a stable support surface. No powered machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eIron Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIron punch bodies are suited to repeated manual craft work. Minor scratches or machining traces may be present and may not affect normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eApplications and Limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry blank decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePendant and tag marking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCopper, brass, and aluminum craft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSoft metal texturing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable leather craft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry and hobby projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a basic manual stamping set.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is not intended for hardened steel, very hard industrial materials, powered engraving, CNC machining, laser engraving, deep carving, or fine precision engraving. Mark depth and clarity depend on the material, workpiece thickness, tip, and hammer force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTool Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHand Stamping Punch Set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e20 Pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eIron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual Hand Stamping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTip Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAssorted Marking and Texture Tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eRecommended Materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCopper, Brass, Aluminum, Leather, Soft Metal Blanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePower Requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eNone, Manual Tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eIncluded and How to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e20 metal stamping punches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammer, bench block, jewelry blanks, leather, and sample workpieces are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the workpiece on a stable bench block or solid support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChoose the punch tip for the desired mark.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the punch vertically on the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers clear and strike the punch with controlled hammer force.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect the result and repeat as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTest on scrap material before working on the final piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety and Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during stamping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse a stable support and keep the punch as vertical as possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers away from the hammer striking area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use excessive force or use the punches on hardened steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWipe protective oil from the tools before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the punches dry and store them away from children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are suitable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eCopper, brass, aluminum, soft metal blanks, tags, and suitable leather are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this set make letters?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. It is an assorted pattern and texture set, not an alphabet or number stamp set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is oil present on the tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProtective oil may be applied to help reduce rust during storage and shipping. Wipe the tools clean before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the hammer and bench block included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. Only the 20 metal stamping punches are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca class=\"decorated-link\" rel=\"noopener\" href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55649881456939,"sku":"JHDKKZ009","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/metal-stamping-punch-set-flat-lay.webp?v=1789873228"},{"product_id":"mounted-wool-felt-polishing-point","title":"Wool Felt Polishing Heads for Jewelry and Metal Finishing","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWool Felt Polishing Heads for Jewelry and Metal Finishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThese mounted wool felt polishing heads are designed for fine polishing and surface finishing on jewelry, metal accessories, and small metal parts. Choose a bullet or cylindrical profile to match detailed, curved, or flat work areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe soft felt heads come pre mounted on straight metal shanks for use with compatible rotary tools and handpieces. Use them dry for light finishing or with a suitable polishing compound when a brighter finish is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTwo Shape Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect a tapered bullet shape for focused contact or a cylindrical shape for broader surface contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSix Shank Diameters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eEach shape is available with a 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 8mm, 10mm, or 12mm shank so you can match the head to your rotary tool or handpiece collet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eControlled Detail Polishing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe compact mounted design supports controlled work on small jewelry components, edges, recesses, and other detailed areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSoft Wool Felt Surface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe felt surface is intended for fine polishing, smoothing, and finishing rather than aggressive material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eReady Mounted Metal Shank\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eEach polishing head is pre mounted on a straight metal shank for convenient installation in a compatible rotary tool or handpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRings, pendants, earrings, and jewelry components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch parts, metal accessories, and small metal parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCurved surfaces, narrow spaces, recesses, and edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall flat areas and general surface finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThese accessories are intended for fine polishing and surface finishing. They are not designed for heavy grinding, rapid material removal, rough shaping, or cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMounted wool felt polishing head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eShape options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBullet and cylindrical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eShank diameter options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSoft wool felt with metal shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFine polishing and surface finishing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eCompatible equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompatible rotary tools and handpieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA pack of 10 wool felt polishing heads in the selected shape and shank diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product includes only the wool felt polishing heads in the selected shape and shank diameter. Rotary tools, handpieces, polishing compounds, and all other accessories are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure the metal shank in a compatible rotary tool or handpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eApply a small amount of suitable polishing compound if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePolish with light pressure and controlled movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWipe the workpiece clean and inspect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNot applicable. These are passive accessories and require a compatible powered rotary tool or handpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during rotary polishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure small workpieces and keep fingers clear of the rotating accessory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse light pressure and a suitable speed for the material and tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect the felt head and shank before use. Replace damaged accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use these heads for grinding, cutting, or aggressive material removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhich shape should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChoose the bullet shape for curved surfaces, recesses, narrow areas, and detailed work. Choose the cylindrical shape for broader contact on small flat areas, edges, and general finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhich shank diameter should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePick the shank diameter that matches your rotary tool or handpiece collet. Sizes from 4mm to 12mm are available so the head seats securely and spins true.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan I use them without polishing compound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eYes. They can be used dry for light finishing. Add a suitable polishing compound when a brighter or more refined finish is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eIs polishing compound included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNo. Polishing compound is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"10 Pack \/ Bullet Shape \/ 4 MM","offer_id":55652610933035,"sku":"JHHXMT006-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Bullet Shape \/ 5 MM","offer_id":67599955558699,"sku":"JHHXMT044-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Bullet Shape \/ 6 MM","offer_id":67599955591467,"sku":"JHHXMT007-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Bullet Shape \/ 8 MM","offer_id":67599955624235,"sku":"JHHXMT008-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Bullet Shape \/ 10 MM","offer_id":67599955657003,"sku":"JHHXMT009-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Bullet Shape \/ 12 MM","offer_id":67599955689771,"sku":"JHHXMT010-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Cylindrical Shape \/ 4 MM","offer_id":55652831887659,"sku":"JHHXMT001-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Cylindrical Shape \/ 5 MM","offer_id":67599955722539,"sku":"JHHXMT043-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Cylindrical Shape \/ 6 MM","offer_id":67599955755307,"sku":"JHHXMT002-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Cylindrical Shape \/ 8 MM","offer_id":67599955788075,"sku":"JHHXMT003-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Cylindrical Shape \/ 10 MM","offer_id":67599955820843,"sku":"JHHXMT004-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack \/ Cylindrical Shape \/ 12 MM","offer_id":67599955853611,"sku":"JHHXMT005-10","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/bullet-felt-polishing-point-product-view.webp?v=1789959141"},{"product_id":"jewelry-steam-cleaner-8-bar-foot-pedal","title":"Tooltos 8 Bar Professional Jewelry Steam Cleaner with Foot Pedal","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:inherit;color:inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTooltos 8 Bar Professional Jewelry Steam Cleaner with Foot Pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:.5rem;\"\u003eBring 8 Bar high pressure steam to the jewelry workbench with the DS300 8K jewelry steam cleaner. Its concentrated steam helps lift dirt, oil, polishing residue and other surface contaminants from suitable heat resistant jewelry and small metal components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe fixed side nozzle keeps steam directed toward the work area, while the foot pedal lets you control steam release without taking your hands away from the workpiece. The 3L boiler and 2100W heating system support regular professional cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003e8 Bar High Pressure Steam\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eDelivers concentrated steam for detailed surfaces, settings, links, grooves and compatible small metal parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eHands Free Foot Pedal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eRelease steam with your foot while both hands remain available for positioning and turning the item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFixed Side Nozzle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eKeeps the steam direction consistent and avoids the need to hold a separate steam gun during routine cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003e3L Boiler with 2100W Heating\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides a practical setup for repeated jewelry, repair bench and small metal part cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eStainless Steel Body\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eOffers a durable and easy to clean exterior for regular workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible gold, silver and platinum jewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRings, chains, pendants, bracelets and jewelry components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal watch bands and selected watch parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry findings, small metal parts and heat resistant bench tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional jewelry stores, repair benches and workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is a high temperature and high pressure steam cleaner for compatible heat resistant items. Pearls, coral, opal, glued jewelry, loose stones, delicate heat sensitive materials and electronic components should not be steam cleaned unless compatibility has been confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eDetailed Comparison with Similar 3L Models\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThese three products all use a 3L boiler. Compare steam pressure, heating power and control style to choose the right machine for your workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:94%;margin-left:0;margin-right:auto;text-align:left;table-layout:fixed;border-collapse:collapse;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:23%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:10%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003ePressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:8%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eBoiler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:10%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eHeating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:20%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:29%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eBest suited for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e8 Bar professional model （This）\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e8 Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e2100W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eFoot pedal and fixed nozzle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eProfessional users who prioritize higher steam pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/de\/products\/3l-gold-silver-stainless-steel-jewelry-steam-cleaner\" style=\"color:inherit;text-decoration:underline;\"\u003e3L Foot Switch and Fixed Nozzle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e4 Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e2200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eFoot switch and fixed nozzle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eRoutine jewelry cleaning with standard pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/de\/products\/3l-gold-silver-stainless-steel-jewelry-steam-cleaner-with-handheld-steam-gun\" style=\"color:inherit;text-decoration:underline;\"\u003e3L Handheld Steam Gun\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e4 Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e2200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eHandheld steam gun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eUsers who prefer to direct the steam by hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWhy Choose the 8 Bar Model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose this model when higher steam pressure is more important than maximum heating wattage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 8 Bar pressure rating clearly separates it from the standard 4 Bar models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe foot pedal keeps both hands available for holding and repositioning jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fixed nozzle provides a consistent cleaning position for a dedicated workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a 4 Bar model instead if standard pressure, a handheld gun or a lower price point is the priority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant comparison note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3L standard foot switch and handheld models are listed with 2200W heating power, while this model is listed with 2100W heating power. The key advantage of this product is its higher 8 Bar steam pressure, not higher heating wattage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eDS300 8K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e220V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eHeating Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e2100W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSteam Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e8 Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eBoiler Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eNozzle and Control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eFixed side nozzle and foot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eBody Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e240 × 380 × 390 mm or 9.45 × 14.96 × 15.35 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents and Basic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry steam cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasuring cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunnel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional accessories shown in the product images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Package contents are limited to the machine and accessories shown in the product images. Jewelry, tweezers, cleaning containers and other demonstration items are not included unless specifically shown as part of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd clean water through the top filling opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the cap securely before heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn on the power and allow the machine to heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace a suitable container below the nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBriefly press the pedal to release initial air and condensation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold a suitable item securely with tweezers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the pedal and move the item gradually for even cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn off the machine and allow it to cool before servicing or refilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eDesigned for 220V operation. Do not connect directly to an incompatible 110V to 120V outlet. Plug configuration or included power accessories may vary, so check the product images and local electrical requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information FAQs and Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep hands and skin away from high temperature steam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse suitable tweezers for small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever open the cap while the machine is hot or pressurized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCool and depressurize the machine before refilling or maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the nozzle directed away from people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the machine on a stable heat resistant surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm material and gemstone compatibility before cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.25rem;margin-bottom:.5rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eHow is steam controlled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003ePress the foot pedal to release steam and release it to stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.25rem;margin-bottom:.5rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eIs the nozzle handheld?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This model uses a fixed side nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.25rem;margin-bottom:.5rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eCan it clean all jewelry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. Use it only with confirmed compatible materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.25rem;margin-bottom:.5rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eIs this a 110V machine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This model is designed for 220V operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color:inherit;text-decoration:underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"220V","offer_id":55663414739243,"sku":"JHQCQC033","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ds300-8k-jewelry-steam-cleaner-product-view.webp?v=1790049063"},{"product_id":"beading-board-set","title":"Jewelry Beading Board Set with Mat and Scoop Tweezer","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eJewelry Beading Board Set with Mat and Scoop Tweezer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eOrganize beads, plan jewelry layouts, and handle small findings more conveniently with this jewelry beading board set. The combination of a bead design board, large beading mat, and stainless steel scoop tweezer provides a practical workspace for necklace, bracelet, and other bead jewelry projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eUse the large mat to sort loose beads and findings, arrange a design along the curved grooves of the bead board, and use the dual-end tweezer to pick up or move small components. The board markings can also help reference the approximate layout before stringing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBead Design Board\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eCurved grooves provide a convenient area for arranging beads and previewing necklace or bracelet layouts before assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eLarge Beading Mat\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides a soft, spacious surface for sorting beads and organizing small jewelry components during design work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBuilt In Compartments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eMultiple sections help separate beads, clasps, jump rings, spacer beads, and other small findings while working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eDual End Scoop Tweezer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe pointed end helps pick up and position individual beads, while the wider scoop end helps collect and move multiple small components.\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ck01299-bead-design-board-set-component-highlights_f5a890b2-68ee-4bbd-82e4-80458a4c1ea9.webp?v=1790153397\" alt=\"\" style=\"max-width: 500px; width: 100%; height: auto; display: block; margin: 1rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eApplications and Limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNecklace layout and design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet bead arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLoose bead sorting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSpacer bead organization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClasps and small jewelry findings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHandmade bead projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a bead organization and jewelry layout set.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is intended to help sort, arrange, and position beads before final stringing or assembly. It is not designed for metal forming, wire cutting, hammering, soldering, melting, engraving, or other heavy duty jewelry bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe measurement markings on the design board are intended mainly as layout references. Final jewelry size may vary according to bead diameter, spacing, findings, and stringing method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTool Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry Beading and Design Set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMain Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBead Design Board, Beading Mat, Scoop Tweezer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDesign Board Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eNecklace and Bracelet Layout Planning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMat Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBead Sorting and Organization\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTweezer Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTweezer Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePointed Tip and Scoop End\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBeads, Findings, Necklace and Bracelet Projects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePower Requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eNone, Manual Tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eIncluded and How to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 bead design board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 large beading mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 stainless steel scoop tweezer\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ck01299-bead-design-board-set-whats-included.webp?v=1790149843\" alt=\"\" style=\"max-width: 500px; width: 100%; height: auto; display: block; margin: 1rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beads, jewelry findings, stringing materials, finished jewelry, and other demonstration accessories shown in application images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSort beads and small findings on the large beading mat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect the components needed for the jewelry design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eArrange the beads along the grooves of the design board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the order, spacing, and color combination as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the pointed end of the tweezer for precise bead placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the scoop end to collect or transfer loose beads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBegin stringing after confirming the final layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the mat and design board away from open flames and high temperature tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the surfaces for cutting, hammering, or soldering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAvoid direct contact with dyes, adhesives, oils, or other materials that may stain the surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep sharp tools away from the soft beading mat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean loose beads and findings from the work area after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDry the stainless steel tweezer after cleaning before storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this set be used for both necklaces and bracelets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The bead design board can be used to preview different necklace and bracelet layouts before stringing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the large beading mat used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt provides a larger surface for sorting beads, arranging components, and keeping small findings organized while working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the compartments used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThey can hold beads, spacer beads, clasps, jump rings, and other small jewelry findings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the scoop tweezer do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe pointed end is useful for positioning small beads, while the wide scoop end helps collect and move loose components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the beads shown in the images included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. Beads, findings, finished jewelry, and stringing materials shown in demonstration images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55666749341995,"sku":"CK01299","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ck01299-bead-design-board-and-beading-mat.webp?v=1790148307"},{"product_id":"wool-ring-interior-polishing-stick","title":"Wool Ring Interior Polishing Stick for Jewelry Finishing","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWool Ring Interior Polishing Stick for Jewelry Finishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGive compatible ring interiors and small curved jewelry surfaces a controlled, gentle finishing pass by hand. The wool working section reaches into suitable ring openings while the wooden handle provides a grip for light cleaning and polishing. Use dry for light maintenance or with a suitable jewelry polishing compound when additional finishing is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is a manual finishing tool, not a cutting or grinding tool. Check that it fits the ring before use.\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/wool-ring-inner-polishing-stick-usage-scene.webp?v=1790234786\" alt=\"\" width=\"509\" height=\"509\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSoft Wool Working Surface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for light polishing and cleaning of compatible jewelry surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eReach Into Ring Interiors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe extended wool section helps reach small curved areas that are awkward to work with a flat cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHand Controlled Finishing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe compact wooden handle allows controlled manual use without electricity. The wool can be used dry or with a compatible polishing compound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eApplications and Limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for light ring interior polishing, small curved metal areas, jewelry surface cleaning and bench repair finishing. For plain gold, silver, copper and brass jewelry, confirm that the specific surface and finish are suitable before polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight polishing only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not for cutting, carving, reshaping, heavy grinding, deep scratch removal, heavy oxidation removal or significant material removal. Polishing can alter plated, coated, oxidized, engraved or textured finishes; use extra care around gemstones, pearls, resin and other delicate details. Test an inconspicuous area if unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWorking material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eHandle material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWool section length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 125 mm \/ 4.92 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWorking diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 24 mm \/ 0.94 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eHandle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 39 mm \/ 1.54 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 38 g \/ 1.34 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual, no power required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eMeasurements are taken manually; slight dimensional variations may occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents and Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIncludes one wool ring interior polishing stick. Jewelry, compounds, cloths and other tools shown in demonstration images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRemove loose dirt and abrasive particles from the ring and check that the stick fits comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the ring securely and gently move or rotate the wool surface inside the ring using light pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIf needed, use a small amount of polishing compound suited to the jewelry material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWipe away residue with a clean cloth and inspect the finish before repeating lightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eDo not force the tool into a ring. Keep the wool free of abrasive debris, follow the compound manufacturer's instructions, and store clean and dry away from children. Avoid unnecessary friction on delicate stones, coatings and decorative details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it remove deep scratches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is intended for light surface finishing; damaged jewelry may require other tools or professional refinishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it without compound?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, for light cleaning and finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit every ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Ring openings vary; check the fit and never force it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on plated rings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse caution. Polishing may alter or wear thin plating or coatings. Check the finish and test an inconspicuous area before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat polishing compound should I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose a compound suitable for the ring material and finish, and follow the compound manufacturer's instructions. Use a small amount when additional polishing is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55676018098475,"sku":"JHPGYM033","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/wool-ring-polishing-stick-main-image.webp?v=1790234359"},{"product_id":"jewelry-wire-forming-kit-mandrels-pliers-cutter","title":"Jewelry Wire Forming Kit with Mandrels Pliers and Cutter","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eJewelry Wire Forming Kit with Mandrels Pliers and Cutter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCreate coils, loops, jump rings and basic wire shapes with one practical jewelry wire forming set. This kit combines multiple winding towers, two stepped metal mandrels, wire forming pliers and a blue handled cutter for common jewelry making and wire craft tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe different mandrel profiles give you more options when forming round, square and stepped wire shapes. Use the larger plastic winding towers for coils and repeated shapes, the metal stepped rods for smaller loops and rings, the forming pliers for bending and detailing, and the cutter for trimming compatible jewelry wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eDesigned for jewelry making, beading, wire wrapping and DIY craft work, this set is especially useful for makers who want several forming options without purchasing each tool separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eMultiple Winding Profiles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIncludes several winding towers with different shapes and stepped profiles for creating coils, loops, rings and decorative wire forms in a range of sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTwo Stepped Metal Mandrels\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe slim and thicker metal mandrels provide additional diameter options for forming smaller loops, coils, eye pins and ring shaped components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWire Forming Pliers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe stepped forming pliers help bend wire, create loops and produce controlled curves in compatible jewelry wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBlue Handle Cutting Pliers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe compact cutter helps trim wire ends and separate formed wire sections during jewelry making and craft work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eOne Set for Forming and Finishing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eCombines shaping, winding, bending and cutting tools in one kit for a more convenient jewelry bench setup. Multiple mandrel shapes and stepped designs make it easier to repeat similar coil and loop sizes, and are suitable for both jewelry benches and home DIY craft work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry wire forming and wire wrapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMaking coils and spiral wire elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eForming loops, eye pins and jump rings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eEarrings, pendants and necklace components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBeading and DIY jewelry projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSoft copper wire, aluminum craft wire, and other compatible soft jewelry and craft wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is a manual jewelry wire forming tool set intended for compatible soft wire and small jewelry components. It is not designed for thick hardened steel wire, heavy industrial cable, construction wire, sheet metal or heavy duty cutting applications. Always match the wire material and diameter to the individual tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry wire forming and winding tool kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWinding towers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMultiple stepped shapes and profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMetal mandrels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e2 stepped rod mandrels, thin and thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eForming tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStepped wire forming pliers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eCutting tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBlue handle jewelry wire cutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eRecommended materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompatible soft jewelry and craft wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCoils, loops, jump rings and basic wire shapes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e4 winding towers \/ mandrels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 stepped metal rod mandrels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 wire forming pliers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 blue handle cutter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Package contents are limited to the tools shown in the main product images. Wire, beads, jewelry, jump rings and other demonstration items are not included unless specifically shown as part of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect a winding tower or metal mandrel according to the shape and size required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition compatible jewelry wire against the selected section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWrap the wire around the mandrel to form a coil, loop or ring shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRemove the formed wire carefully from the mandrel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the forming pliers to refine loops, bends or decorative shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the cutter to trim excess wire or separate compatible formed sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCheck and adjust the finished component before assembly into jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear eye protection when cutting wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers away from cutting edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the cutter on wire that exceeds its suitable capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the plastic winding towers as hammering or striking tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAvoid excessive force that may damage the mandrels or pliers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCut wire ends may be sharp, so handle finished components carefully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the tools dry and clean after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan this set make jump rings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eYes. Compatible wire can be wound around a suitable mandrel to create a coil and then cut into individual rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan I make different size loops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eYes. The stepped towers and metal mandrels provide multiple forming diameters for different loop and coil sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat type of wire is suitable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe set is best suited to compatible soft jewelry and craft wire such as copper and aluminum wire. Suitability depends on wire hardness and diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eIs it suitable for thick steel wire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNo. It is not intended for thick hardened steel wire or heavy industrial cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAre the beads and wire shown in the images included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNo. They are demonstration items unless specifically shown in the package contents image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67601566007595,"sku":"CK01207","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/jewelry-wire-wrapping-mandrel-kit-components_6834af0b-0ab2-40ec-aa16-8c5058f5c766.webp?v=1790661550"},{"product_id":"diamond-moissanite-tester-jewelry","title":"Diamond Moissanite Tester Jewelry Gemstone Testing Tool","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eScreen diamonds and moissanite more conveniently with this portable jewelry gemstone tester. Designed with separate Diamond and Moissanite indication areas, it helps provide clearer preliminary identification when checking compatible gemstones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe tester uses visual indicators and audible feedback to make results easier to read during use. Its compact handheld design is suitable for jewelry counters, repair benches, gemstone collections and everyday jewelry checking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eCompared with a basic thermal Diamond Selector II tester, this model adds dedicated Diamond and Moissanite indications, making it more suitable when you need an additional screening step between these two commonly confused stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSeparate Diamond and Moissanite Indicators\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDedicated Diamond and Moissanite indication areas provide clearer screening feedback when testing compatible gemstones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVisual and Audible Feedback\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIndicator lights and audible signals help make test responses easier to recognize during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePortable Handheld Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCompact construction makes the tester convenient to use at jewelry counters, workshops, repair benches, exhibitions and other working environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable for Loose and Mounted Stones\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCan be used for preliminary screening of compatible loose gemstones and stones mounted in jewelry when the probe can make proper contact with the stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSimple Everyday Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe straightforward controls and clear indicator layout make the tester practical for jewelry makers, collectors, repair users and shop counters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePreliminary diamond screening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePreliminary moissanite screening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLoose gemstone checking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMounted jewelry stone checking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair benches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry shops and counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone collections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry making and appraisal preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eEveryday jewelry screening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis tester is intended for preliminary gemstone screening only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is designed to provide separate Diamond and Moissanite indications, but test results may be affected by gemstone size, temperature, surface condition, probe contact and operating method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis tester does not determine whether a diamond is natural or laboratory grown. It also does not determine diamond clarity, color, cut, carat grade or origin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor professional identification, grading or certification, testing by a qualified gemological laboratory is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePortable diamond and moissanite tester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHandheld electronic testing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDetection indicators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDiamond and Moissanite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eFeedback type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eVisual and audible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePower switch and testing indicators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePreliminary gemstone screening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSuitable stones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompatible loose and mounted gemstones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eUse environment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry bench, shop counter, workshop and collection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompact handheld tester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Diamond Moissanite Tester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Packaging Box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Package contents are limited to the tester and packaging shown in the main product images. Gemstones, jewelry and other demonstration items are not included unless specifically shown as part of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMake sure the gemstone surface is clean and dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn on the tester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAllow the tester to reach the ready condition before testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the tester steadily and place the probe tip directly against the gemstone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAvoid touching the surrounding metal setting with the probe when testing mounted jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCheck the Diamond or Moissanite indicator response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRepeat the test from another clean area of the stone when necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the tester after use and store it in a clean, dry place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eDiamond Moissanite Tester Compared with Diamond Selector II\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x: auto;\"\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; min-width: 650px; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px; text-align: left;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px; text-align: left;\"\u003eDiamond Moissanite Tester\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px; text-align: left;\"\u003eDiamond Selector II\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003ePreliminary Diamond Screening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eDedicated Moissanite Indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eSeparate Diamond and Moissanite Indicators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eVisual Feedback\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eAudible Feedback\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003ePrimary Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eDiamond and moissanite preliminary screening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eBasic diamond preliminary screening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eRecommended For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eUsers who need clearer diamond and moissanite differentiation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid #ddd; padding: 10px;\"\u003eUsers who mainly need basic diamond screening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Diamond Selector II is primarily a thermal conductivity screening tool and should not be relied on alone to distinguish diamond from moissanite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you mainly need basic diamond screening, you can also view our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.tooltos.com\/products\/high-accuracy-professional-jeweler-diamond-tester-for-novice-and-expert\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiamond Selector II Diamond Tester\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the probe tip clean before and after testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not press the probe against the gemstone with excessive force.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the tester on wet, oily or dirty stones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAvoid direct probe contact with metal settings during testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the tester dry and away from excessive heat or moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not disassemble the tester unless servicing is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRemove the battery during long term storage if recommended.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the tester and probe away from children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan this tester distinguish diamond and moissanite?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe tester is designed with separate Diamond and Moissanite indicators to assist with preliminary differentiation between the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eIs this more suitable than a Diamond Selector II for moissanite screening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eYes. This model includes a dedicated Moissanite indication, while a basic Diamond Selector II does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan it identify natural and lab grown diamonds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNo. It is not designed to determine whether a diamond is natural or laboratory grown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan it grade diamond quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNo. It does not determine clarity, color, cut, carat grade or gemstone origin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan it test mounted jewelry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eYes. Compatible mounted stones can be screened when the probe can contact the gemstone correctly without touching the surrounding metal setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan it test loose gemstones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eYes. Compatible loose gemstones can be tested when they are held securely and the probe can make proper contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAre gemstones or jewelry included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNo. Gemstones and jewelry shown in demonstration images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eDoes it replace professional gemstone certification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This tester is intended for preliminary screening only and does not replace professional gemological testing or laboratory certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67611467546923,"sku":"JHJGSD009","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/moissanite-diamond-tester-kit.webp?v=1790739512"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/collections\/new-arrivals-professional-jewelry-tools-banner.png?v=1767453486","url":"https:\/\/www.tooltos.com\/de\/collections\/new-arrivals.oembed?page=3","provider":"Tooltos Jewelry Tools","version":"1.0","type":"link"}